Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One):

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2015.

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-14077

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   94-2203880

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3250 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, CA   94109
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (415) 421-7900

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
(Title of class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   x     Accelerated filer   ¨     Non-accelerated filer   ¨     (Do not check if a smaller

reporting company) Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes   ¨     No   x

As of August 3, 2014, the approximate aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was 6,206,368,000. It is assumed for purposes of this computation that an affiliate includes all persons as of August 3, 2014 listed as executive officers and directors with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This aggregate market value includes all shares held in the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Stock Fund within the registrant’s 401(k) Plan.

As of March 30, 2015, 91,642,370 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.


Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, also referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, have been incorporated in Part III hereof.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the letters to stockholders contained in this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they do not fully materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our business and operating results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements related to: projections of earnings, revenues, growth and other financial items; the strength and growth of our business and our brands; our beliefs about our competitive position, relative performance and our ability to leverage our competitive advantages; the plans, strategies, initiatives and objectives of management for future operations; our brands and our products, including our ability to introduce new brands, new products and product lines and bring in new customers; our belief that our direct-mail catalogs and the Internet act as a cost-efficient means of testing market acceptance of new products and new brands; the complementary nature of our e-commerce and retail channels; our marketing efforts; our global business, including franchising and other third party arrangements in the Middle East, the Philippines and Mexico, and operations in Australia and the United Kingdom; our ability to attract new customers; the seasonal variations in demand; our ability to recruit, retain and motivate skilled personnel; our belief in the reasonableness of the steps taken to protect the security and confidentiality of the information we collect; our belief in the adequacy of our facilities and the availability of suitable additional or substitute space; our belief in the ultimate resolution of current legal proceedings; the payment of dividends; our stock repurchase program; our long-term strategic growth initiatives; investing in our e-commerce platform, our supply chain initiatives and new stores; our longer-term growth initiatives; the growth opportunities of our brands and overall business; penetration of our e-commerce channel; our position to deliver on our growth initiatives; our capital allocation strategy in fiscal 2015; our planned use of cash in fiscal 2015; our compliance with financial covenants; our belief that our cash on hand and available credit facilities will provide adequate liquidity for our business operations over the next 12 months; our belief regarding the effects of potential losses under our indemnification obligations; the impact of inflation; the effects of changes in our inventory reserves; the impact of new accounting pronouncements; and statements of belief and statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. You can identify these and other forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “will,” “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “intends,” “potential,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology.

The risks, uncertainties and assumptions referred to above that could cause our results to differ materially from the results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A hereto and the risks, uncertainties and assumptions discussed from time to time in our other public filings and public announcements. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 1, 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE  
   PART I   

Item 1.

   Business      3   

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      6   

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      20   

Item 2.

   Properties      20   

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      21   

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      21   
   PART II   

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      22   

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      25   

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      26   

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      36   

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      37   

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      61   

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      61   

Item 9B.

   Other Information      62   
   PART III   

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      63   

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      63   

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      63   

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      63   

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      63   
   PART IV   

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      64   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM  1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Williams-Sonoma, Inc., incorporated in 1973, is a multi-channel specialty retailer of high quality products for the home.

In 1956, our founder, Chuck Williams, turned a passion for cooking and eating with friends into a small business with a big idea. He opened a store in Sonoma, California, to sell the French cookware that intrigued him while visiting Europe but that could not be found in America. Chuck’s business, which set a standard for customer service, took off and helped fuel a revolution in American cooking and entertaining that continues today.

In the decades that followed, the quality of our products, our ability to identify new opportunities in the market and our people-first approach to business have facilitated our expansion beyond the kitchen into nearly every area of the home. Additionally, by embracing new technologies and customer-engagement strategies as they emerge, we are able to continually refine our best-in-class approach to multi-channel retailing.

Today, Williams-Sonoma, Inc. is one of the United States’ largest e-commerce retailers with some of the best known and most beloved brands in home furnishings. We currently operate retail stores in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, Australia, and the United Kingdom, and franchise our brands to third parties in a number of countries in the Middle East and the Philippines. Our products are also available to customers through our catalogs and online worldwide.

Williams-Sonoma

From the beginning, our namesake brand, Williams-Sonoma, has been bringing people together around food. A leading specialty retailer of high-quality products for the kitchen and home, the brand seeks to provide world-class service and an engaging customer experience. Williams-Sonoma products include everything for cooking, dining and entertaining, including: cookware, tools, electrics, cutlery, tabletop and bar, outdoor, furniture and a vast library of cookbooks. The brand also includes Williams-Sonoma Home, a premium concept that offers classic home furnishings and decorative accessories, extending the Williams-Sonoma lifestyle beyond the kitchen into every room of the home.

Pottery Barn

Established in 1949 and acquired by Williams-Sonoma, Inc. in 1986, Pottery Barn is a premier multi-channel home furnishings retailer. The brand was founded on the idea that home furnishings should be exceptional in comfort, quality, style and value. Pottery Barn stores, website, and catalogs are specially designed to make shopping an enjoyable experience, with inspirational lifestyle displays dedicated to every space in the home. Pottery Barn products include furniture, bedding, bathroom accessories, rugs, curtains, lighting, tabletop, outdoor and decorative accessories.

Pottery Barn Kids

Launched in 1999, Pottery Barn Kids serves as an inspirational destination for creating childhood memories by decorating nurseries, bedrooms and play spaces. Pottery Barn Kids offers exclusive, innovative and high-quality products designed specifically for creating magical spaces where children can play, laugh, learn and grow.

West Elm

Since its launch in 2002, West Elm has been helping customers express their personal style at home with authentic, affordable and approachable products. Each season, West Elm’s talented in-house team of designers create a collection that cannot be found anywhere else, and work with artists and independent designers both globally and locally to develop collaborations that are exclusive to the brand. The brand also works closely with organizations that support the development of craft and artisan skills to offer handcrafted and one-of-a-kind discoveries from around the world. West Elm offers a complete assortment of products including furniture, bedding, bathroom accessories, rugs, curtains, lighting, decorative accessories, dinnerware, kitchen essentials, and gifts.

 

3


Table of Contents

PBteen

Launched in 2003, PBteen is the first home concept to focus exclusively on the teen market. The brand offers a complete line of furniture, bedding, lighting, decorative accents and more for teen bedrooms, dorm rooms, study spaces and lounges. PBteen’s innovative products are specifically designed to help teens create a comfortable and stylish room that reflects their own individual aesthetic.

Rejuvenation

Rejuvenation, founded in 1977 with a passion for old buildings, vintage lighting and house parts and great design, was acquired by Williams-Sonoma, Inc. in 2011. Inspired by history and period authenticity, Rejuvenation’s lighting and home-goods product lines span periods back to the 1870s. With manufacturing facilities in Portland, Oregon, Rejuvenation offers a wide assortment of high-quality lights, hardware, furniture and home décor.

Mark and Graham

Launched in late 2012, Mark and Graham is designed to be a premier destination for personalized gift buying. With over 100 monograms and font types to choose from, a Mark and Graham purchase is uniquely personal. The brand’s product lines include women’s and men’s accessories, small leather goods, jewelry, key item apparel, paper, entertaining and bar, home décor, and seasonal items.

E-COMMERCE OPERATIONS

Prior to the third quarter of fiscal 2014, we referred to the e-commerce channel as the direct-to-customer channel. As of February 1, 2015, the e-commerce channel had the following merchandising strategies: Williams-Sonoma, Pottery Barn, Pottery Barn Kids, West Elm, PBteen, Williams-Sonoma Home, Rejuvenation and Mark and Graham, which sell our products through our e-commerce websites and direct-mail catalogs. We offer shipping from many of our brands to countries worldwide, while our catalogs reach customers across the U.S. and Australia. Of our merchandising strategies, the Pottery Barn brand and its extensions continue to be the largest source of revenue in the e-commerce channel. The e-commerce channel complements the retail channel by building brand awareness and acting as an effective advertising vehicle. In addition, we believe that our e-commerce websites and our direct-mail catalogs act as a cost-efficient means of testing market acceptance of new products and new brands. Leveraging these insights and our multi-channel positioning, our marketing efforts, including the use of online advertising and the circulation of catalogs, are targeted toward driving sales to all of our channels, including retail. Consistent with our published privacy policies, we send our catalogs to addresses from our proprietary customer list, as well as to addresses from lists of other mail order direct marketers, magazines and companies with which we establish a business relationship. In accordance with prevailing industry practice and our privacy policies, we may also rent our list to select mailers. Our customer mailings are continually updated to include new prospects and to eliminate non-responders.

Detailed financial information about the e-commerce channel is found in Note L to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

RETAIL STORES

As of February 1, 2015, the retail channel had the following merchandising strategies: Williams-Sonoma, Pottery Barn, Pottery Barn Kids, West Elm and Rejuvenation, operating 601 stores comprised of 562 stores in 44 states, Washington, D.C., and Puerto Rico, 25 stores in Canada, 13 stores in Australia and 1 store in the United Kingdom. This represents 243 Williams-Sonoma, 199 Pottery Barn, 85 Pottery Barn Kids, 69 West Elm and 5 Rejuvenation stores.

We also have multi-year franchise agreements with third parties that currently operate 30 franchised stores in a number of countries in the Middle East and the Philippines. Additionally, in fiscal 2014, we entered into a franchise agreement with an unaffiliated franchisee to operate stores and e-commerce websites in Mexico, beginning in 2015. The retail business complements the e-commerce business by building brand awareness and attracting new customers to our brands. Our retail stores serve as billboards for our brands, which we believe inspires our customers to shop online and through our catalogs.

 

4


Table of Contents

Detailed financial information about the retail channel is found in Note L to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

SUPPLIERS

We purchase our merchandise from numerous foreign and domestic manufacturers and importers, the largest of which accounted for approximately 4% of our purchases during fiscal 2014. Approximately 64% of our merchandise purchases in fiscal 2014 were sourced from foreign vendors in 51 countries, predominantly in Asia and Europe, of which approximately 98% were negotiated and paid for in U.S. dollars.

COMPETITION AND SEASONALITY

The specialty retail business is highly competitive. Our specialty retail stores, e-commerce websites and direct-mail catalogs compete with other retailers, including large department stores, discount retailers, other specialty retailers offering home-centered assortments, other e-commerce websites and other direct-mail catalogs. The substantial sales growth in the direct-to-customer industry within the last decade, particularly in e-commerce, has encouraged the entry of many new competitors and an increase in competition from established companies. In addition, we face increased competition from discount retailers who, in the past, may not have competed with us or to this degree. We compete on the basis of our brand authority, the quality of our merchandise, service to our customers, our proprietary customer list, our e-commerce websites and our marketing capabilities, as well as the location and appearance of our stores. We believe that we compare favorably with many of our current competitors with respect to some or all of these factors.

Our business is subject to substantial seasonal variations in demand. Historically, a significant portion of our net revenues and net earnings have been realized during the period from October through January, and levels of net revenues and net earnings have typically been lower during the period from February through September. We believe this is the general pattern associated with the retail industry. In anticipation of our holiday selling season, we hire a substantial number of additional temporary employees in our retail stores, customer care centers and distribution centers, and incur significant fixed catalog production and mailing costs.

EMPLOYEES

As of February 1, 2015, we had approximately 26,800 employees, of whom approximately 8,700 were full-time. During the fiscal 2014 holiday selling season (defined as the period from October through December), we hired approximately 8,800 temporary employees primarily in our retail stores, customer care centers and distribution centers.

TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS, PATENTS AND DOMAIN NAMES

We own and/or have applied to register 75 separate trademarks and service marks. We own and/or have applied to register our key brand names as trademarks in the U.S. and 91 additional jurisdictions. Exclusive rights to the trademarks and service marks are held by Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and are used by our subsidiaries and franchisees under license. These marks include our core brand names as well as brand names for selected products and services. The core brand names in particular, including “Williams-Sonoma,” the Williams-Sonoma Grande Cuisine logo, “Pottery Barn,” “pottery barn kids,” “PBteen,” “west elm,” “Williams-Sonoma Home,” “Rejuvenation” and “Mark and Graham” are of material importance to us. Trademarks are generally valid as long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained, and they have not been found to have become generic. Trademark registrations can generally be renewed indefinitely so long as the marks are in use. We own numerous copyrights and trade dress rights for our products, product packaging, catalogs, books, house publications, website designs and store designs, among other things, which are also used by our subsidiaries and franchisees under license. We hold patents on certain product functions and product designs. Patents are generally valid for 14 to 20 years as long as their registrations are properly maintained. In addition, we have registered and maintain numerous Internet domain names, including “williams-sonoma.com,” “potterybarn.com,”

 

5


Table of Contents

“potterybarnkids.com,” “pbteen.com,” “westelm.com,” “wshome.com,” “williams-sonomainc.com,” “rejuvenation.com” and “markandgraham.com.” Collectively, the trademarks, copyrights, trade dress rights and domain names that we hold are of material importance to us.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The public may read and copy these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0213. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and other companies that file materials electronically with the SEC. Our annual reports, Forms 10-K, Forms 10-Q, Forms 8-K and proxy and information statements are also available, free of charge, on our website at www.williams-sonomainc.com .

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

A description of the risks and uncertainties associated with our business is set forth below. You should carefully consider such risks and uncertainties, together with the other information contained in this report and in our other public filings. If any of such risks and uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results could differ materially from the plans, projections and other forward-looking statements included in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this report and in our other public filings. In addition, if any of the following risks and uncertainties, or if any other risks and uncertainties, actually occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results could be harmed substantially, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline, perhaps significantly.

Declines in general economic conditions, and the resulting impact on consumer confidence and consumer spending, could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our financial performance is subject to declines in general economic conditions and the impact of such economic conditions on levels of consumer confidence and consumer spending. Consumer confidence and consumer spending may deteriorate significantly, and could remain depressed for an extended period of time. Consumer purchases of discretionary items, including our merchandise, generally decline during periods when disposable income is limited, unemployment rates increase or there is economic uncertainty. An uncertain economic environment could also cause our vendors to go out of business or our banks to discontinue lending to us or our vendors, or it could cause us to undergo restructurings, any of which would adversely impact our business and operating results.

We are unable to control many of the factors affecting consumer spending, and declines in consumer spending on home furnishings and kitchen products in general could reduce demand for our products.

Our business depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending, including general economic conditions, consumer disposable income, fuel prices, recession and fears of recession, unemployment, war and fears of war, inclement weather, availability of consumer credit, consumer debt levels, conditions in the housing market, interest rates, sales tax rates and rate increases, inflation, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and political conditions, and consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security. In particular, past economic downturns have led to decreased discretionary spending, which adversely impacted our business. In addition, periods of decreased home purchases typically lead to decreased consumer spending on home products. These factors have affected, and may in the future affect, our various brands and channels differently. Adverse changes in factors affecting discretionary consumer spending have reduced and may in the future reduce consumer demand for our products, thus reducing our sales and harming our business and operating results.

 

6


Table of Contents

If we are unable to identify and analyze factors affecting our business, anticipate changing consumer preferences and buying trends, and manage our inventory commensurate with customer demand, our sales levels and operating results may decline.

Our success depends, in large part, upon our ability to identify and analyze factors affecting our business and to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing merchandise trends and customer demands. For example, in the specialty home products business, style and color trends are constantly evolving. Consumer preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and may change between selling seasons. Changes in customer preferences and buying trends may also affect our brands differently. We must be able to stay current with preferences and trends in our brands and address the customer tastes for each of our target customer demographics. We must also be able to identify and adjust the customer offerings in our brands to cater to customer demands. For example, a change in customer preferences for children’s room furnishings may not correlate to a similar change in buying trends for other home furnishings. If we misjudge either the market for our merchandise or our customers’ purchasing habits, our sales may decline significantly or may be delayed while we work to fill backorders. We may be required to mark down certain products to sell any excess inventory or to sell such inventory through our outlet stores or other liquidation channels at prices which are significantly lower than our retail prices, any of which would negatively impact our business and operating results.

In addition, we must manage our inventory effectively and commensurate with customer demand. Much of our inventory is sourced from vendors located outside of the United States. Thus, we usually must order merchandise, and enter into contracts for the purchase and manufacture of such merchandise, up to twelve months in advance of the applicable selling season and frequently before trends are known. The extended lead times for many of our purchases may make it difficult for us to respond rapidly to new or changing trends. Our vendors also may not have the capacity to handle our demands or may go out of business in times of economic crisis. In addition, the seasonal nature of the specialty home products business requires us to carry a significant amount of inventory prior to peak selling season. As a result, we are vulnerable to demand and pricing shifts and to misjudgments in the selection and timing of merchandise purchases. If we do not accurately predict our customers’ preferences and acceptance levels of our products, our inventory levels will not be appropriate, and our business and operating results may be negatively impacted.

We may be exposed to cybersecurity risks and costs associated with credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and loss of revenue.

A significant portion of our customer orders are placed through our e-commerce websites or through our customer care centers. In addition, a significant portion of sales made through our retail channel require the collection of certain customer data, such as credit card information. In order for our sales channels to function successfully, we and other parties involved in processing customer transactions must be able to transmit confidential information, including credit card information and other personal information on our customers, securely over public and private networks. Third parties may have or develop the technology or knowledge to breach, disable, disrupt or interfere with our systems or processes or those of our vendors. Although we take the security of our systems and the privacy of our customers’ confidential information seriously, and we believe we take reasonable steps to protect the security and confidentiality of the information we collect, we cannot guarantee that our security measures will effectively prevent others from obtaining unauthorized access to our information and our customers’ information. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and are not often recognized until after they have been launched. Any person who circumvents our security measures could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could cause consumers to lose confidence in the security of our information systems, including our e-commerce websites or stores, and choose not to purchase from us. Any security breach could also expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, regulatory investigations and other significant liabilities. Such a breach could also seriously disrupt, slow or hinder our operations and harm our reputation and customer relationships, any of which could harm our business.

In addition, states and the federal government are increasingly enacting laws and regulations to protect consumers against identity theft. As our business expands globally, we are subject to data privacy and other similar laws in various foreign jurisdictions. If we are the target of a cybersecurity attack resulting in

 

7


Table of Contents

unauthorized disclosure of our customer data, we may be required to undertake costly notification procedures. Compliance with these laws will likely increase the costs of doing business. If we fail to implement appropriate safeguards or to detect and provide prompt notice of unauthorized access as required by some of these laws, we could be subject to potential claims for damages and other remedies, which could be significantly in excess of our insurance coverage and could harm our business.

If we are unable to effectively manage our e-commerce business, our reputation and operating results may be harmed.

Our e-commerce channel has been our fastest growing business over the last several years and is a significant part of our sales and profits. The success of our e-commerce business depends, in part, on third parties and factors over which we have limited control. We must continually respond to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to e-commerce usage. Our success in e-commerce has been strengthened in part by our ability to understand the buying trends of visitors to our websites and to personalize the experience they have with us. We also utilize interest-based advertising to target internet users whose behavior indicates they might be interested in our products. Current or future legislation may reduce or restrict our ability to use these certain techniques, which could reduce the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.

We are also vulnerable to certain additional risks and uncertainties associated with our e-commerce websites, including: changes in required technology interfaces; website downtime and other technical failures; internet connectivity issues; costs and technical issues as we upgrade our website software; computer viruses; changes in applicable federal and state regulations; security breaches; and consumer privacy concerns. In addition, we must keep up to date with competitive technology trends, including the use of new or improved technology, evolving creative user interfaces and other e-commerce marketing trends such as paid search, re-targeting, and the proliferation of mobile usage, among others, which may increase our costs and which may not succeed in increasing sales or attracting customers. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect the sales or margin in our e-commerce business, as well as damage our reputation and brands.

Our dependence on foreign vendors and our increased global operations subject us to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could impact our operations and financial results.

Approximately 64% of our merchandise purchases in fiscal 2014 were sourced from foreign venders in 51 countries, predominantly in Asia and Europe. Our dependence on foreign vendors means that we may be affected by changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies. For example, any upward valuation in the Chinese yuan, the euro, or any other foreign currency against the U.S. dollar may result in higher costs to us for those goods. Although approximately 98% of our foreign purchases of merchandise are negotiated and paid for in U.S. dollars, declines in foreign currencies and currency exchange rates might negatively affect the profitability and business prospects of one or more of our foreign vendors. This, in turn, might cause such foreign vendors to demand higher prices for merchandise in their effort to offset any lost profits associated with any currency devaluation, delay merchandise shipments to us, or discontinue selling to us, any of which could ultimately reduce our sales or increase our costs. In addition, the rising cost of labor in the countries in which our foreign vendors operate has resulted in increases in our costs of doing business. Any further increases in the cost of living in such countries may result in additional increases in our costs or in our foreign vendors going out of business.

We, and our foreign vendors, are also subject to other risks and uncertainties associated with changing economic and political conditions outside of the United States. These risks and uncertainties include import duties and quotas, compliance with anti-dumping regulations, work stoppages, economic uncertainties and adverse economic conditions (including inflation and recession), foreign government regulations, employment matters, wars and fears of war, political unrest, natural disasters, regulations to address climate change and other trade restrictions. We cannot predict whether any of the countries from which our raw materials or products are sourced, or in which our products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future, will be subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from foreign vendors, including labor disputes resulting in work disruption

 

8


Table of Contents

(such as the disruptions at the west coast ports in early 2015), the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds and/or increased tariffs or quotas, or both, could increase the cost, reduce the supply of merchandise available to us, or result in excess inventory if merchandise is received after the planned or appropriate selling season, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, some or all of our foreign vendors’ operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds and/or other trade disruptions. In addition, an economic downturn, or failure of foreign markets, may result in financial instabilities for our foreign vendors, which may cause our foreign vendors to decrease production, discontinue selling to us, or cease operations altogether. Our global operations in Asia, Australia and Europe could also be affected by changing economic and political conditions in foreign countries, either of which could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Although we continue to improve our global compliance program, there remains a risk that one or more of our foreign vendors will not adhere to our global compliance standards, such as fair labor standards and the prohibition on child labor. Non-governmental organizations might attempt to create an unfavorable impression of our sourcing practices or the practices of some of our foreign vendors that could harm our image. If either of these events occurs, we could lose customer goodwill and favorable brand recognition, which could negatively affect our business and operating results.

We depend on foreign vendors and third party agents for timely and effective sourcing of our merchandise, and we may not be able to acquire products in sufficient quantities and at acceptable prices to meet our needs, which would impact our operations and financial results.

Our performance depends, in part, on our ability to purchase our merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We purchase our merchandise from numerous foreign and domestic manufacturers and importers. We have no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products, and any vendor could change the terms upon which it sells to us, discontinue selling to us, or go out of business at any time. We may not be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us. Better than expected sales demand may also lead to customer backorders and lower in-stock positions of our merchandise, which could negatively affect our business and operating results. In addition, our vendors may have difficulty adjusting to our changing demands and growing business.

Any inability to acquire suitable merchandise on acceptable terms or the loss of one or more of our foreign vendors or third party agents could have a negative effect on our business and operating results because we would be missing products that we felt were important to our assortment, unless and until alternative supply arrangements are secured. We may not be able to develop relationships with new third party agents or vendors, and products from alternative sources, if any, may be of a lesser quality and/or more expensive than those we currently purchase.

In addition, we are subject to certain risks that could limit our vendors’ ability to provide us with quality merchandise on a timely basis and at prices that are commercially acceptable, including risks related to the availability of raw materials, labor disputes, work disruptions or stoppages, union organizing activities, vendor financial liquidity, inclement weather, natural disasters, general economic and political conditions and regulations to address climate change.

If our vendors fail to adhere to our quality control standards, we may delay a product launch or recall a product, which could damage our reputation and negatively affect our operations and financial results.

Our vendors might not adhere to our quality control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before merchandise ships to our stores or customers. Our vendors’ failure to manufacture or import quality merchandise in a timely and effective manner could damage our reputation and brands, and could lead to an increase in customer litigation against us and an increase in our routine insurance and litigation costs. Further, any merchandise that we receive, even if it meets our quality standards, could become subject to a recall, which could damage our reputation and brands, and harm our business. Additionally, changes to the legislative or regulatory framework regarding product safety or quality may subject companies like ours to more product recalls and result

 

9


Table of Contents

in higher recall-related expenses. Any recalls or other safety issues could harm our brands’ images and negatively affect our business and operating results.

Our efforts to expand globally may not be successful and could negatively impact the value of our brands.

We are currently growing our business and increasing our global presence by opening new stores outside of the United States, expanding our franchise operations, and offering shipping globally through third party vendors. In fiscal 2013 we opened our first company-owned retail stores and launched e-commerce sites outside of North America as part of our overall global expansion strategy. While our global expansion to date has been a small part of our business, we plan to continue to increase the number of stores we open both directly and through our franchise arrangements. We have limited experience with global sales, understanding consumer preferences and anticipating buying trends in different countries, and marketing to customers overseas. Moreover, global awareness of our brands and our products may not be high. Consequently, we may not be able to successfully compete with established brands in these markets and our global sales may not result in the revenues we anticipate. Also, our products may not be accepted, either due to foreign legal requirements or due to different consumer tastes and trends. If our global growth initiatives are not successful, or if we or any of our third party vendors fail to comply with any applicable regulations or laws, the value of our brands may be harmed and our future opportunities for global growth may be negatively affected. Further, the administration of our global expansion may divert management attention and require more resources than we expect. In addition, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to our operations denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our retail stores in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and our operations throughout Asia and Europe expose us to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Although we use instruments to hedge certain foreign currency risks, such hedges may not succeed in offsetting all of the impact of foreign currency rate volatility and generally only delay such impact on our business and financial results. Further, because we do not hedge against all of our foreign currency exposure our business will continue to be susceptible to foreign currency fluctuations. Our ultimate realized loss or gain with respect to currency fluctuations will generally depend on the size and type of the transactions that we enter into, the currency exchange rates associated with these exposures, changes in those rates and whether we have entered into foreign currency hedge contracts to offset these exposures. All of these factors could materially impact our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We have two franchise agreements with unaffiliated franchisees to operate stores in the Middle East and the Philippines. Under these agreements, our franchisees operate stores that sell goods purchased from us under our brand names. In fiscal 2014, we entered into a franchise agreement with an additional unaffiliated franchisee to operate stores and e-commerce websites in Mexico, beginning in 2015. We continue to seek out and identify new select franchise partnerships for select countries. The effect of these franchise arrangements on our business and results of operations is uncertain and will depend upon various factors, including the demand for our products in new global markets. In addition, certain aspects of our franchise arrangements are not directly within our control, such as the ability of each franchisee to meet its projections regarding store openings and sales. Moreover, while the agreements we have entered into may provide us with certain termination rights, to the extent that our franchisees do not operate their stores in a manner consistent with our requirements regarding our brand identities and customer experience standards, the value of our brands could be impaired. In addition, in connection with these franchise arrangements, we have and will continue to implement certain new processes that may subject us to additional regulations and laws, such as U.S. export regulations. Failure to comply with any applicable regulations or laws could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We have limited experience operating on a global basis and our failure to effectively manage the risks and challenges inherent in a global business could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition and growth prospects.

We operate several retail businesses, subsidiaries and branch offices throughout Asia, Australia and Europe, which includes managing overseas employees, and plan to continue expanding these overseas operations in the future. We have limited experience operating overseas subsidiaries and managing non-U.S. employees and, as a

 

10


Table of Contents

result, may encounter cultural challenges with local practices and customs that may result in harm to our reputation and the value of our brands. Our global presence exposes us to the laws and regulations of these jurisdictions, including those related to marketing, privacy, data protection, employment, and product safety and testing. We may be unable to keep current with government requirements as they change from time to time. Our failure to comply with such laws and regulations may harm our reputation, adversely affect our future opportunities for growth and expansion in these countries, and harm our business and operating results.

Moreover, our global operations subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including:

 

    increased management, infrastructure and legal compliance costs, including the cost of real estate and labor in those markets;
    increased financial accounting and reporting requirements and complexities;
    increased operational complexities, including managing our inventory globally;
    the diversion of management attention away from our core business;
    general economic conditions, changes in diplomatic and trade relationships and political and social instability in each country or region;
    economic uncertainty around the world;
    compliance with foreign laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance with such laws and regulations;
    compliance with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations;
    dependence on certain third parties, including vendors and other service providers, with whom we do not have extensive experience;
    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and the related effect on our financial results, and the use of foreign exchange hedging programs to mitigate such risks;
    growing cash balances in foreign jurisdictions which may be subject to repatriation restrictions;
    reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing such rights abroad; and
    compliance with the laws of foreign taxing jurisdictions and the overlapping of different tax regimes.

Any of these risks could adversely affect our global operations, reduce our revenues or increase our operating costs, which in turn could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects. Some of our vendors and our franchisees also have global operations and are subject to the risks described above. Even if we are able to successfully manage the risks of our global operations, our business may be adversely affected if our vendors and franchisees are not able to successfully manage these risks.

In addition, as we continue to expand our global operations, we are subject to certain U.S. laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the laws of the foreign countries in which we operate. We must ensure that our employees and third party agents comply with these laws. If any of our overseas operations, or our employees or third party agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

A number of factors that affect our ability to successfully open new stores or close existing stores are beyond our control, and these factors may harm our ability to expand or contract our retail operations and harm our ability to increase our sales and profits.

Approximately 50% of our net revenues are generated by our retail stores. Our ability to open additional stores or close existing stores successfully will depend upon a number of factors, including:

 

    general economic conditions;
    our identification of, and the availability of, suitable store locations;
    our success in negotiating new leases and amending or terminating existing leases on acceptable terms;
    the success of other retail stores in and around our retail locations;
    our ability to secure required governmental permits and approvals;
    our hiring and training of skilled store operating personnel, especially management;
    the availability of financing on acceptable terms, if at all; and
    the financial stability of our landlords and potential landlords.

 

11


Table of Contents

Many of these factors are beyond our control. For example, for the purpose of identifying suitable store locations, we rely, in part, on demographic surveys regarding the location of consumers in our target market segments. While we believe that the surveys and other relevant information are helpful indicators of suitable store locations, we recognize that these information sources cannot predict future consumer preferences and buying trends with complete accuracy. In addition, changes in demographics, in the types of merchandise that we sell and in the pricing of our products, may reduce the number of suitable store locations. Further, time frames for lease negotiations and store development vary from location to location and can be subject to unforeseen delays or unexpected cancellations. We may not be able to open new stores or, if opened, operate those stores profitably. Construction and other delays in store openings could have a negative impact on our business and operating results. Additionally, we may not be able to renegotiate the terms of our current leases or close our underperforming stores, either of which could negatively impact our operating results.

Our sales may be negatively impacted by increasing competition from companies with brands or products similar to ours.

The specialty e-commerce and retail businesses are highly competitive. We compete with other retailers that market lines of merchandise similar to ours. We compete with national, regional and local businesses that utilize a similar retail store strategy, as well as traditional furniture stores, department stores and specialty stores. The substantial sales growth in the e-commerce industry within the last decade has encouraged the entry of many new competitors, new business models, and an increase in competition from established companies. In addition, the decline in the global economic environment has led to increased competition from discount retailers selling similar products at reduced prices. The competitive challenges facing us include:

 

    anticipating and quickly responding to changing consumer demands or preferences better than our competitors;
    maintaining favorable brand recognition and achieving customer perception of value;
    effectively marketing and competitively pricing our products to consumers in several diverse market segments;
    effectively managing and controlling our costs;
    effectively managing increasingly competitive promotional activity;
    developing new innovative shopping experiences, like mobile and tablet applications that effectively engage today’s digital customers;
    developing innovative, high-quality products in colors and styles that appeal to consumers of varying age groups, tastes and regions, and in ways that favorably distinguish us from our competitors; and
    effectively managing our supply chain and distribution strategies in order to provide our products to our consumers on a timely basis and minimize returns, replacements and damaged products.

In light of the many competitive challenges facing us, we may not be able to compete successfully. Increased competition could reduce our sales and harm our operating results and business.

Our business and operating results may be harmed if we are unable to timely and effectively deliver merchandise to our stores and customers.

We continue to insource furniture delivery hubs in certain geographies and continue with the regionalization of our retail fulfillment capabilities. If we are unable to effectively manage our inventory levels and responsiveness of our supply chain, including predicting the appropriate levels and type of inventory to stock within each of our distribution centers, our business and operating results may be harmed. Further, we cannot control all of the various factors that might affect our e-commerce fulfillment rates and timely and effective merchandise delivery to our stores. We rely upon third party carriers for our merchandise shipments and reliable data regarding the timing of those shipments, including shipments to our customers and to and from our stores. In addition, we are heavily dependent upon two carriers for the delivery of our merchandise to our customers. Accordingly, we are subject to risks, including labor disputes (such as the disruptions at the west coast ports in early 2015), union organizing activity, inclement weather, natural disasters, the closure of such carriers’ offices or a reduction in operational hours due to an economic slowdown, possible acts of terrorism affecting such carriers’ ability to

 

12


Table of Contents

provide delivery services to meet our shipping needs, disruptions or increased fuel costs, and costs associated with any regulations to address climate change. Failure to deliver merchandise in a timely and effective manner could damage our reputation and brands. In addition, fuel costs have been volatile and airline and other transportation companies continue to struggle to operate profitably, which could lead to increased fulfillment expenses. Any rise in fulfillment expenses could negatively affect our business and operating results.

Our failure to successfully manage our order-taking and fulfillment operations could have a negative impact on our business and operating results.

Our e-commerce business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain efficient and uninterrupted order-taking and fulfillment operations in our customer care centers and on our e-commerce websites. Disruptions or slowdowns in these areas could result from disruptions in telephone or network services, power outages, inadequate system capacity, system hardware or software issues, computer viruses, security breaches, human error, changes in programming, union organizing activity, disruptions in our third party labor contracts, natural disasters or adverse weather conditions. Industries that are particularly seasonal, such as the home furnishings business, face a higher risk of harm from operational disruptions during peak sales seasons. These problems could result in a reduction in sales as well as increased selling, general and administrative expenses.

In addition, we face the risk that we cannot hire enough qualified employees to support our e-commerce operations, or that there will be a disruption in the workforce we hire from our third party providers, especially during our peak season. The need to operate with fewer employees could negatively impact our customer service levels and our operations.

Our facilities and systems, as well as those of our vendors, are vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected events, any of which could result in an interruption in our business and harm our operating results.

Our retail stores, corporate offices, distribution centers, infrastructure and e-commerce operations, as well as the operations of our vendors from which we receive goods and services, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, fires, floods or other volatile weather, power losses, telecommunications failures, hardware and software failures, computer viruses and similar events. If any of these events result in damage to our facilities or systems, or those of our vendors, we may experience interruptions in our business until the damage is repaired, resulting in the potential loss of customers and revenues. In addition, we may incur costs in repairing any damage beyond our applicable insurance coverage.

Our failure to successfully manage the costs and performance of our catalog mailings might have a negative impact on our business.

Catalog mailings are an important component of our business. Postal rate increases, such as the recent increases that went into effect in the U.S. in 2013 and 2014, affect the cost of our catalog mailings. We rely on discounts from the basic postal rate structure, which could be changed or discontinued at any time. Further, the U.S. Postal Service may raise rates in the future, which could negatively impact our business. The cost of paper, printing and catalog distribution also impacts our catalog business. We recently consolidated all of our catalog printing work with one printer. Our dependence on one vendor subjects us to various risks if the vendor fails to perform under our agreement. Paper costs have also fluctuated significantly in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Also, consolidation within the paper industry has reduced the number of potential suppliers capable of meeting our paper requirements, and further consolidation could limit our ability in the future to obtain favorable terms including price, custom paper quality, paper quantity, and service. Future increases in postal rates, paper costs or printing costs could have a negative impact on our operating results to the extent that we are unable to offset such increases by raising prices, implementing more efficient printing, mailing, delivery and order fulfillment systems, or through the use of alternative direct-mail formats. In addition, if the performance of our catalogs declines, if we misjudge the correlation between our catalog circulation and net sales, or if our catalog strategy overall does not continue to be successful, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

 

13


Table of Contents

We have historically experienced fluctuations in our customers’ response to our catalogs. Customer response to our catalogs is substantially dependent on merchandise assortment, merchandise availability and creative presentation, as well as the selection of customers to whom the catalogs are mailed, changes in mailing strategies, the size of our mailings, timing of delivery of our mailings, as well as the general retail sales environment and current domestic and global economic conditions. In addition, environmental organizations and other consumer advocacy groups may attempt to create an unfavorable impression of our paper use in catalogs and our distribution of catalogs generally, which may have a negative effect on our sales and our reputation. In addition, we depend upon external vendors to print and mail our catalogs. The failure to effectively produce or distribute our catalogs could affect the timing of catalog delivery. The timing of catalog delivery has been and can be affected by postal service delays and may be impacted in the future by changes in the services provided by the post office. Any delays in the timing of catalog delivery could cause customers to forego or defer purchases, negatively impacting our business and operating results.

Declines in our comparable brand revenues may harm our operating results and cause a decline in the market price of our common stock.

Various factors affect comparable brand revenues, including the number, size and location of stores we open, close, remodel or expand in any period, the overall economic and general retail sales environment, consumer preferences and buying trends, changes in sales mix among distribution channels, our ability to efficiently source and distribute products, changes in our merchandise mix, competition (including competitive promotional activity and discount retailers), current local and global economic conditions, the timing of our releases of new merchandise and promotional events, the success of marketing programs, the cannibalization of existing store sales by our new stores, changes in catalog circulation and in our e-commerce business and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Among other things, weather conditions have affected, and may continue to affect, comparable brand revenues by limiting our ability to deliver our products to our stores, altering consumer behavior, or requiring us to close certain stores temporarily and thus reducing store traffic. Even if stores are not closed, many customers may decide to avoid going to stores in bad weather. These factors have caused and may continue to cause our comparable brand revenue results to differ materially from prior periods and from earnings guidance we have provided. For example, the overall economic and general retail sales environment, as well as local and global economic conditions, has caused a significant decline in our comparable brand revenue results in the past.

Our comparable brand revenues have fluctuated significantly in the past on an annual, quarterly and monthly basis, and we expect that comparable brand revenues will continue to fluctuate in the future. In addition, past comparable brand revenues are not necessarily an indication of future results and comparable brand revenues may decrease in the future. Our ability to improve our comparable brand revenue results depends, in large part, on maintaining and improving our forecasting of customer demand and buying trends, selecting effective marketing techniques, effectively driving traffic to our stores, e-commerce websites and direct-mail catalogs through marketing and various promotional events, providing an appropriate mix of merchandise for our broad and diverse customer base and using effective pricing strategies. Any failure to meet the comparable brand revenue expectations of investors and securities analysts in one or more future periods could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock.

Our failure to successfully anticipate merchandise returns might have a negative impact on our business.

We record a reserve for merchandise returns based on historical return trends together with current product sales performance in each reporting period. If actual returns are greater than those projected and reserved for by management, additional sales returns might be recorded in the future. In addition, to the extent that returned merchandise is damaged, we often do not receive full retail value from the resale or liquidation of the merchandise. Further, the introduction of new merchandise, changes in merchandise mix, changes in consumer confidence, or other competitive and general economic conditions may cause actual returns to differ from merchandise return reserves. Any significant increase in merchandise returns that exceeds our reserves could harm our business and operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

If we are unable to successfully manage the complexities associated with a multi-channel and multi-brand business, we may suffer declines in our existing business and our ability to attract new business.

With the expansion of our e-commerce business, the development of new brands, acquired brands, and brand extensions, our overall business has become substantially more complex. The changes in our business have forced us to develop new expertise and face new challenges, risks and uncertainties. For example, we face the risk that our e-commerce business, including our catalog circulation, might cannibalize a significant portion of our retail sales. While we recognize that our e-commerce sales cannot be entirely incremental to sales through our retail channel, we seek to attract as many new customers as possible to our e-commerce websites. We continually analyze the business results of our channels and the relationships among the channels in an effort to find opportunities to build incremental sales.

If we are unable to introduce new brands and brand extensions successfully, or to reposition or close existing brands, our business and operating results may be negatively impacted.

We have in the past and may in the future introduce new brands and brand extensions, reposition brands, close existing brands, or acquire new brands, especially as we continue to expand globally. Our newest brands and brand extensions — Williams-Sonoma Home, PBteen and Mark and Graham, and any other new brands, as well as our acquired brand, Rejuvenation, or our expansion into new lines of business, including commercial furniture, may not grow as we project and plan for. The work involved with integrating new brands into our existing systems and operations could be time consuming, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of substantial operational resources. Further, if we devote time and resources to new brands, acquired brands, brand extensions, brand repositioning, or new lines of business and those businesses are not as successful as we planned, then we risk damaging our overall business results or incurring impairment charges to write off any existing goodwill associated with previously acquired brands. Alternatively, if our new brands, acquired brands, brand extensions, repositioned brands or new lines of business prove to be very successful, we risk hurting our other existing brands through the potential migration of existing brand customers to the new businesses. In addition, we may not be able to introduce new brands and brand extensions, integrate newly acquired brands, reposition existing brands, develop new lines of business or expand our brands globally, in a manner that improves our overall business and operating results and may therefore be forced to close the brands or new lines of business, which may damage our reputation and negatively impact our operating results.

Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate may result in volatility of our operating results.

We are subject to income taxes in many U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes is subject to volatility and could be adversely impacted by a number of factors that require significant judgment and estimation. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, actual results may materially differ from our estimates and adversely affect our financial condition or operating results. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which include reserves for estimates of probable settlements of foreign and domestic tax examinations. At any one time, many tax years are subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. As a result, we expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as taxable events occur and exposures are evaluated.

In addition, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and level of earnings or losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates or by changes to existing laws or regulations.

Our inability to obtain commercial insurance at acceptable rates or our failure to adequately reserve for self-insured exposures might increase our expenses and have a negative impact on our business.

We believe that commercial insurance coverage is prudent in certain areas of our business for risk management. Insurance costs may increase substantially in the future and may be affected by natural catastrophes, fear of terrorism, financial irregularities, cybersecurity breaches and other fraud at publicly-traded companies,

 

15


Table of Contents

intervention by the government and a decrease in the number of insurance carriers. In addition, the carriers with which we hold our policies may go out of business or be otherwise unable to fulfill their contractual obligations, or may disagree with our interpretation of the coverage or the amounts owed. In addition, for certain types or levels of risk, such as risks associated with natural disasters or terrorist attacks, we may determine that we cannot obtain commercial insurance at acceptable rates, if at all. Therefore, we may choose to forego or limit our purchase of relevant commercial insurance, choosing instead to self-insure one or more types or levels of risks. We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, employment practices liability, employee health benefits, and product and general liability claims, among others. If we suffer a substantial loss that is not covered by commercial insurance or our self-insurance reserves, the loss and related expenses could harm our business and operating results. In addition, exposures exist for which no insurance may be available and for which we have not reserved.

Our inability or failure to protect our intellectual property would have a negative impact on our brands, reputation and operating results.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property in the U.S. or in foreign jurisdictions, particularly as we continue to expand globally. Our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade dress rights, trade secrets, domain names and other intellectual property are valuable assets that are critical to our success. The unauthorized reproduction, theft or other misappropriation of our intellectual property could diminish the value of our brands or reputation and cause a decline in our sales. Protection of our intellectual property and maintenance of distinct branding are particularly important as they distinguish our products and services from our competitors. In addition, the costs of defending our intellectual property may adversely affect our operating results.

We may be subject to legal proceedings that could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources.

We are involved in lawsuits, claims and proceedings incident to the ordinary course of our business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. There has been a rise in the number of lawsuits against companies like us that gather information in order to market to consumers online or through the mail and, along with other retailers, we have been named in lawsuits for gathering zip code information from our customers. We believe that we have meritorious defenses against these actions, and we will continue to vigorously defend against them. There have also been a growing number of e-commerce-related patent infringement lawsuits and employment-related lawsuits in recent years. From time to time, we have been subject to these types of lawsuits. The cost of defending against all these types of claims against us or the ultimate resolution of such claims, whether by settlement or adverse court decision, may harm our business and operating results. In addition, the increasingly regulated business environment may result in a greater number of enforcement actions and private litigation. This could subject us to increased exposure to stockholder lawsuits.

Our operating results may be harmed by unsuccessful management of our employment, occupancy and other operating costs, and the operation and growth of our business may be harmed if we are unable to attract qualified personnel.

To be successful, we need to manage our operating costs and continue to look for opportunities to reduce costs. We recognize that we may need to increase the number of our employees, especially during holiday selling seasons, and incur other expenses to support new brands and brand extensions and the growth of our existing brands, including the opening of new stores. Alternatively, if we are unable to make substantial adjustments to our cost structure during times of uncertainty, such as an economic downturn, we may incur unnecessary expenses or we may have inadequate resources to properly run our business, and our business and operating results may be negatively impacted. From time to time, we may also experience union organizing activity in currently non-union facilities, including in our stores. Union organizing activity may result in work slowdowns

 

16


Table of Contents

or stoppages and higher labor costs. In addition, there appears to be a growing number of wage-and-hour lawsuits and other employment-related lawsuits against retail companies, especially in California. State, federal and global laws and regulations regarding employment change frequently and the ultimate cost of compliance cannot be precisely estimated. Further, there have been and may continue to be increases in minimum wage and health care requirements. Any changes in regulations, the imposition of additional regulations, or the enactment of any new or more stringent legislation that impacts employment and labor, trade, or health care, could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We contract with various agencies to provide us with qualified personnel for our workforce. Any negative publicity regarding these agencies, such as in connection with immigration issues or employment practices, could damage our reputation, disrupt our ability to obtain needed labor or result in financial harm to our business, including the potential loss of business-related financial incentives in the jurisdictions where we operate. Although we strive to secure long-term contracts on favorable terms with our service providers and other vendors, we may not be able to avoid unexpected operating cost increases in the future, such as those associated with minimum wage increases or enhanced health care requirements. Further, we incur substantial costs to warehouse and distribute our inventory. In fiscal 2014, we continued to insource furniture delivery hubs in certain geographies and continued with the regionalization of our retail fulfillment capabilities. Significant increases in our inventory levels may result in increased warehousing and distribution costs, such as costs related to additional distribution centers, which we may not be able to lease on acceptable terms, if at all. Such increases in inventory levels may also lead to increases in costs associated with inventory that is lost, damaged or aged. Higher than expected costs, particularly if coupled with lower than expected sales, would negatively impact our business and operating results. In addition, in times of economic uncertainty, these long-term contracts may make it difficult to quickly reduce our fixed operating costs, which could negatively impact our business and operating results.

We are undertaking certain systems changes that might disrupt our business operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to source, sell and distribute merchandise efficiently through appropriate systems and procedures. We are in the process of substantially modifying our information technology systems, which involves updating or replacing legacy systems with successor systems over the course of several years. There are inherent risks associated with replacing our core systems, including supply chain and merchandising systems disruptions, that could affect our ability to get the correct products into the appropriate stores and delivered to customers. We may not successfully launch these new systems, or the launch of such systems may result in disruptions to our business operations. In addition, changes to any of our software implementation strategies could result in the impairment of software-related assets. We are also subject to the risks associated with the ability of our vendors to provide information technology solutions to meet our needs. Any disruptions could negatively impact our business and operating results.

We outsource certain aspects of our business to third party vendors and are in the process of insourcing certain business functions from third party vendors, both of which subject us to risks, including disruptions in our business and increased costs.

We outsource certain aspects of our business to third party vendors that subject us to risks of disruptions in our business as well as increased costs. For example, we utilize outside vendors for such things as payroll processing, email marketing and various distribution center services. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with their ability to successfully provide the necessary services to meet our needs. If our vendors are unable to adequately protect our data and information is lost, our ability to deliver our services is interrupted, or our vendors’ fees are higher than expected, then our business and operating results may be negatively impacted.

In addition, we are in the process of insourcing certain aspects of our business, including the management of certain furniture manufacturing and delivery, and the management of our global vendors, each of which were previously outsourced to third party providers. We may also need to continue to insource other aspects of our business in the future in order to control our costs and to stay competitive. This may cause disruptions in our business and result in increased cost to us. In addition, if we are unable to perform these functions better than, or at least as well as, our third party providers, our business may be harmed.

 

17


Table of Contents

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we have provided to the public or the expectations of our investors and analysts, our stock price may decline.

We provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Although we believe that this guidance provides investors and analysts with a better understanding of management’s expectations for the future and is useful to our stockholders and potential stockholders, such guidance is comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this report and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed the guidance we have provided or the expectations of our investors and analysts, especially in times of economic uncertainty. In the past, when we have reduced our previously provided guidance, the market price of our common stock has declined. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or the expectations of our investors and analysts or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline.

A variety of factors, including seasonality and the economic environment, may cause our quarterly operating results to fluctuate, leading to volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future, depending upon a variety of factors, including changes in economic conditions, shifts in the timing of holiday selling seasons, including Valentine’s Day, Easter, Halloween, Thanksgiving and Christmas, as well as timing shifts due to 53-week fiscal years, which occur approximately every five years. Historically, a significant portion of our net revenues and net earnings have typically been realized during the period from October through January each year, our peak selling season. In anticipation of increased holiday sales activity, we incur certain significant incremental expenses prior to and during peak selling seasons, including fixed catalog production and mailing costs and the costs associated with hiring a substantial number of temporary employees to supplement our existing workforce.

We may require funding from external sources, which may cost more than we expect, or not be available at the levels we require and, as a consequence, our expenses and operating results could be negatively affected.

We regularly review and evaluate our liquidity and capital needs. Although we have a growing balance of cash that is held offshore, we currently believe that our available cash, cash equivalents and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to finance our operations and expected capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we might experience periods during which we encounter additional cash needs and we might need additional external funding to support our operations. Although we were able to amend and increase our line of credit facility during fiscal 2014 on acceptable terms, in the event we require additional liquidity from our lenders, such funds may not be available to us or may not be available to us on acceptable terms. For example, in the event we were to breach any of our financial covenants, our banks would not be required to provide us with additional funding, or they may require us to renegotiate our existing credit facility on less favorable terms. In addition, we may not be able to renew our letters of credit that we use to help pay our suppliers on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, as the availability of letter of credit facilities may become limited. Further, the providers of such credit may reallocate the available credit to other borrowers. If we are unable to access credit at the levels we require, or the cost of credit is greater than expected, it could adversely affect our operating results.

Disruptions in the financial markets may adversely affect our liquidity and capital resources and our business.

Global financial markets can experience extreme volatility, disruption and credit contraction, which adversely affect global economic conditions. Turmoil in the financial and credit markets or other changes in economic conditions could adversely affect sources of liquidity available to us or our costs of capital. We have access to capital through our revolving line of credit facility. Each financial institution, which is part of the syndicate for our revolving line of credit facility, is responsible for providing a portion of the loans to be made under the facility. If any lender, or group of lenders, with a significant portion of the commitments in our revolving line of credit facility fails to satisfy its obligations to extend credit under the facility and we are unable to find a replacement for such lender or group of lenders on a timely basis, if at all, our liquidity and our business may be materially adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

If we are unable to pay quarterly dividends or repurchase our stock at intended levels, our reputation and stock price may be harmed.

We currently have a $750,000,000 stock repurchase program, of which we have $287,000,000 remaining. In addition, in March 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized an increase in our quarterly cash dividend from $0.33 to $0.35 per common share for an annual cash dividend of $1.40 per share. The stock repurchase program and dividend may require the use of a significant portion of our cash earnings. As a result, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or finance future growth opportunities, new product development initiatives and unanticipated capital expenditures, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Further, our Board of Directors may, at its discretion, decrease the intended level of dividends or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited at any time. Our ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock will depend on our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future. This ability may be subject to certain economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. Any failure to pay dividends or repurchase stock after we have announced our intention to do so may negatively impact our reputation and investor confidence in us, and may negatively impact our stock price.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and our investors’ views of us could be harmed.

We have evaluated and tested our internal controls in order to allow management to report on, and our registered independent public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we are not able to continue to meet the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or with adequate compliance, we would be required to disclose material weaknesses if they develop or are uncovered and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, our internal controls may not prevent or detect all errors and fraud on a timely basis, if at all. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met. If any of the above were to occur, our business and the perception of us in the financial markets could be negatively impacted.

Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our operating results.

Changes to existing accounting rules or regulations may impact our future operating results. A change in accounting rules or regulations may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. The introduction of new accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future. Future changes to accounting rules or regulations, or the questioning of current accounting practices, may adversely affect our operating results.

Changes to estimates related to our cash flow projections may cause us to incur impairment charges related to our retail store locations and other property and equipment, including information technology systems, as well as goodwill.

We make estimates and projections in connection with impairment analyses for our retail store locations and other property and equipment, including information technology systems, as well as goodwill. These analyses require us to make a number of estimates and projections of future results. If these estimates or projections change or prove incorrect, we may be, and have been, required to record impairment charges on certain store locations and other property and equipment, including information technology systems. These impairment charges have been significant in the past and may be significant in the future and, as a result of these charges, our operating results have been and may, in the future, be adversely affected.

If we fail to attract and retain key personnel, our business and operating results may be harmed.

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of key personnel in our senior management, whose vision for our company, knowledge of our business and expertise would be difficult

 

19


Table of Contents

to replace. If any one of our key employees leaves, is seriously injured or unable to work, or fails to perform and we are unable to find a qualified replacement, we may be unable to execute our business strategy. We may not be successful in recruiting, retaining and motivating skilled personnel domestically or globally who have the requisite experience to achieve our global business goals.

In addition, our main offices are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, where competition for personnel with retail and technology skills can be intense. If we fail to identify, attract, retain and motivate these skilled personnel, our business may be harmed. Further, in the event we need to hire additional personnel, we may experience difficulties in attracting and successfully hiring such individuals due to competition for highly skilled personnel, as well as the significantly higher cost of living expenses in our market.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We lease store locations, distribution centers, corporate facilities and customer care centers for our U.S. and foreign operations for original terms ranging generally from 3 to 22 years. Certain leases contain renewal options for periods of up to 20 years.

For our store locations, our gross leased store space, as of February 1, 2015, totaled approximately 5,965,000 square feet for 601 stores compared to approximately 5,838,000 square feet for 585 stores as of February 2, 2014.

Leased Properties

The following table summarizes the location and size of our leased distribution centers, corporate facilities and customer care centers occupied as of February 1, 2015:

 

Location Occupied Square Footage (Approximate)  

Distribution Centers

Olive Branch, Mississippi

  2,105,000   

South Brunswick, New Jersey

  2,103,000   

City of Industry, California

  1,180,000   

Arlington, Texas

  822,000   

Memphis, Tennessee 1

  571,000   

Claremont, North Carolina

  412,000   

Other

  453,000   

Corporate Facilities

Brisbane, California

  194,000   

Brooklyn, New York

  132,000   

Portland, Oregon

  132,000   

San Francisco, California

  29,000   

Customer Care Centers

Las Vegas, Nevada

  36,000   

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

  36,000   

Other

  24,000   

 

1   See Note F to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

In addition to the above contracts, we enter into other agreements for offsite storage needs for our distribution centers and our retail store locations. As of February 1, 2015, the total leased space relating to these properties was not material to us and is not included in the occupied square footage reported above.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Owned Properties

The following table summarizes the location and size of our owned facilities occupied as of February 1, 2015:

 

Location Occupied Square Footage (Approximate)  

San Francisco, California

  412,000   

Rocklin, California

  42,000   

Other

  17,000   

We believe that all of our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available in the future to replace our existing facilities, or to accommodate the expansion of our operations, if necessary.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in lawsuits, claims and proceedings incident to the ordinary course of our business. These disputes, which are not currently material, are increasing in number as our business expands and our company grows larger. We review the need for any loss contingency reserves and establish reserves when, in the opinion of management, it is probable that a matter would result in liability, and the amount of loss, if any, can be reasonably estimated. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of these matters, it may not be possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss until the case is close to resolution, in which case no reserve is established until that time. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. The results of these lawsuits, claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. However, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these current matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol WSM. The following table sets forth the high and low selling prices of our common stock on the NYSE for the periods indicated:

 

Fiscal 2014    High   Low  

4 th Quarter

$ 80.99    $ 64.17   

3 rd Quarter

$ 75.69    $ 62.35   

2 nd Quarter

$ 73.45    $ 60.47   

1 st Quarter

$ 68.05    $ 52.46   
Fiscal 2013    High   Low  

4 th Quarter

$ 60.07    $ 51.91   

3 rd Quarter

$ 61.56    $ 51.70   

2 nd Quarter

$ 60.72    $ 51.98   

1 st Quarter

  $ 54.57    $ 43.63   

The closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on March 30, 2015 was $79.11.

STOCKHOLDERS

The number of stockholders of record of our common stock as of March 30, 2015 was 360. This number excludes stockholders whose stock is held in nominee or street name by brokers.

 

22


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

This graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return for our common stock with those of the NYSE Composite Index and the S&P Retailing Index, our peer group index. The cumulative total return listed below assumed an initial investment of $100 and reinvestment of dividends. The graph shows historical stock price performance, including reinvestment of dividends, and is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Williams-Sonoma, Inc., the NYSE Composite Index,

and the S&P Retailing Index

 

LOGO

 

    1/31/10   1/30/11   1/29/12   2/3/13   2/2/14   2/1/15

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

  100.00   173.67   192.26   251.95   312.16   456.75

NYSE Composite Index

  100.00   119.83   119.92   140.23   159.80   173.01

S&P Retailing Index

  100.00   130.27   151.31   196.75   248.60   297.50

* Notes:

 

A. The lines represent monthly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends.
B. The indices are re-weighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day.
C. If the monthly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used.

 

23


Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS

In fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, total cash dividends declared were approximately $125,378,000, or $1.32 per common share, $121,688,000, or $1.24 per common share, and $88,452,000, or $0.88 per common share, respectively. In March 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a 6% increase in our quarterly cash dividend, from $0.33 to $0.35 per common share, subject to capital availability. Our quarterly cash dividend may be limited or terminated at any time.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAMS

During fiscal 2014, we repurchased 3,331,557 shares of our common stock at an average cost of $67.35 per share and a total cost of $224,377,000. During fiscal 2013, we repurchased 4,344,962 shares of our common stock at an average cost of $55.07 per share and a total cost of $239,274,000. During fiscal 2012, we repurchased 3,962,034 shares of our common stock at an average cost of $39.14 per share and a total cost of $155,080,000.

The following table summarizes our repurchases of shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 under our current $750,000,000 stock repurchase program:

 

Fiscal period  
 
 
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
  
  
  
 
 
 
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Program
  
  
  
  
 
 
 

 

 

Maximum
Dollar Value of
Shares That May

Yet Be Purchased

Under the Program

  
  
  

  

  

November 3, 2014   –  November 30, 2014

  181,129    $ 71.79      181,129    $ 302,984,000   

December 1, 2014    –  December 28, 2014

  106,168    $ 73.38      106,168    $ 295,193,000   

December 29, 2014  –  February 1, 2015

  108,507    $ 76.94      108,507    $ 286,845,000   

Total

  395,804    $ 73.63      395,804    $ 286,845,000   

Stock repurchases under this program may be made through open market and privately negotiated transactions at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, capital availability and other market conditions. This stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited or terminated at any time without prior notice.

 

24


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Five-Year Selected Financial Data

 

In thousands, except percentages, per share amounts
and retail stores data

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2011

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2010

(52 Weeks)

 

Results of Operations

Net revenues

$ 4,698,719    $ 4,387,889    $ 4,042,870    $ 3,720,895    $ 3,504,158   

Net revenue growth

  7.1%      8.5%      8.7%      6.2%      12.9%   

Comparable brand revenue growth 1

  7.1%      8.8%      6.1%      7.3%      13.9%   

Gross profit

$ 1,800,504    $ 1,704,216    $ 1,592,476    $ 1,459,856    $ 1,373,859   

Gross margin

  38.3%      38.8%      39.4%      39.2%      39.2%   

Operating income

$ 502,265    $ 452,098    $ 409,163    $ 381,732    $ 323,414   

Operating margin 2

  10.7%      10.3%      10.1%      10.3%      9.2%   

Net earnings

$ 308,854    $ 278,902    $ 256,730    $ 236,931    $ 200,227   

Basic earnings per share

$ 3.30    $ 2.89    $ 2.59    $ 2.27    $ 1.87   

Diluted earnings per share

$ 3.24    $ 2.82    $ 2.54    $ 2.22    $ 1.83   

Weighted average basic shares outstanding during the period

  93,634      96,669      99,266      104,352      106,956   

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding during the period

  95,200      98,765      101,051      106,582      109,522   

Financial Position

Working capital

$ 515,975    $ 558,007    $ 659,645    $ 704,567    $ 735,878   

Total assets

$ 2,330,277    $ 2,336,734    $ 2,187,679    $ 2,060,838    $ 2,131,762   

Return on assets

  13.2%      12.3%      12.0%      11.3%      9.5%   

Net cash provided by operating activities

$ 461,697    $ 453,769    $ 364,127    $ 291,334    $ 355,989   

Capital expenditures

$ 204,800    $ 193,953    $ 205,404    $ 130,353    $ 61,906   

Long-term debt and other long-term obligations

$ 62,698    $ 61,780    $ 50,216    $ 52,015    $ 59,048   

Stockholders’ equity

$ 1,224,706    $ 1,256,002    $ 1,309,138    $ 1,255,262    $ 1,258,863   

Stockholders’ equity per share (book value)

$ 13.33    $ 13.35    $ 13.39    $ 12.50    $ 12.00   

Return on equity

  24.9%      21.7%      20.0%      18.8%      16.2%   

Annual dividends declared per share

$ 1.32    $ 1.24    $ 0.88    $ 0.73    $ 0.58   

E-commerce Net Revenues

E-commerce net revenue growth

  12.1%      13.1%      14.5%      12.4%      18.6%   

E-commerce net revenues as a percent of net revenues

  50.5%      48.2%      46.2%      43.9%      41.5%   

Retail Net Revenues

Retail net revenue growth

  2.4%      4.6%      4.1%      1.8%      9.2%   

Retail net revenues as a percent of net revenues

  49.5%      51.8%      53.8%      56.1%      58.5%   

Number of stores at year-end

  601      585      581      576      592   

Store selling square footage at year-end

  3,684,000      3,590,000      3,548,000      3,535,000      3,609,000   

Store leased square footage at year-end

  5,965,000      5,838,000      5,778,000      5,743,000      5,831,000   

 

1   Comparable brand revenue is calculated on a 52-week to 52-week basis, with the exception of fiscal 2012 which was calculated on a 53-week to 53-week basis. See definition of comparable brand revenue within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  
2   Operating margin is defined as operating income as a percent of net revenues.  

The information set forth above is not necessarily indicative of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM  7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity and capital resources for the 52 weeks ended February 1, 2015 (“fiscal 2014”), the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2014 (“fiscal 2013”), and the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2013 (“fiscal 2012”) should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto. All explanations of changes in operational results are discussed in order of magnitude.

OVERVIEW

In fiscal 2014, our net revenues increased 7.1% to $4,698,719,000, compared to $4,387,889,000 in fiscal 2013, with comparable brand revenue growth of 7.1%. Diluted earnings per share increased to $3.24 in fiscal 2014 (including a $0.04 benefit from our share of the VISA/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement), versus $2.82 in fiscal 2013 (including a $0.02 charge related to the retirement of one of our former brand presidents), and we returned $350,135,000 to our stockholders through stock repurchases and dividends.

E-commerce net revenues in fiscal 2014 increased by $255,672,000, or 12.1%, compared to fiscal 2013, with increases across all brands, led by West Elm, Pottery Barn and Williams-Sonoma. E-commerce net revenues generated more than 50% of our total company net revenues in fiscal 2014 versus 48% in fiscal 2013.

Retail net revenues in fiscal 2014 increased by $55,158,000, or 2.4%, compared to fiscal 2013, led by West Elm and Pottery Barn, partially offset by a decrease in Williams-Sonoma due to store closures at the end of fiscal 2013.

During fiscal 2014, we had net revenue growth in all of our brands and across channels. In Pottery Barn, our largest brand, comparable brand revenues increased 5.8% in fiscal 2014, on top of an increase of 10.4% in fiscal 2013. This growth was primarily driven by our upholstery and leather furniture collections. In the Williams-Sonoma brand, comparable brand revenues increased 3.8% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, with solid performance across our cookware, food, entertaining and tabletop product categories. In West Elm, comparable brand revenues grew 18.2% in fiscal 2014, on top of an increase of 17.4% in fiscal 2013. Growth in the brand was broad-based across all categories. In Pottery Barn Kids, comparable brand revenues increased 5.9% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, led by our nursery, furniture, seasonal and school gear collections. In PBteen, comparable brand revenues increased 5.7% in fiscal 2014, on top of an increase of 14.1% in fiscal 2013, driven by our textiles and furniture collections.

In fiscal 2014, we made progress against our long-term strategic growth initiatives, including strengthening our brands; laying the foundation for global expansion and new business development; investing in our supply chain to reduce cost and improve service; and investing in e-commerce, as well as the technologies and infrastructure underlying all of our initiatives.

As we look to fiscal 2015, we plan to invest in those areas where we see sustainable, long-term returns for our stockholders by making investments in: our e-commerce platform; our supply chain initiatives; new stores, particularly in the West Elm brand; and our longer-term growth initiatives, including our newer businesses and global expansion. Looking ahead, we see opportunities for continued growth and believe we are well positioned to deliver on all of our long-term strategic growth initiatives.

 

26


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

NET REVENUES

Net revenues consist of e-commerce net revenues and retail net revenues. E-commerce net revenues include sales of merchandise to customers through our e-commerce websites and our catalogs, as well as shipping fees. Retail net revenues include sales of merchandise to customers at our retail stores, as well as shipping fees on any products shipped to our customers’ homes. Shipping fees consist of revenue received from customers for delivery of merchandise to their homes. Revenues are presented net of sales returns and other discounts.

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

  % Total  

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

  % Total  

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

  % Total  

E-commerce net revenues

$ 2,370,694      50.5%    $ 2,115,022      48.2%    $ 1,869,386      46.2%   

Retail net revenues

  2,328,025      49.5%      2,272,867      51.8%      2,173,484      53.8%   

Net revenues

$ 4,698,719      100.0%    $ 4,387,889      100.0%    $ 4,042,870      100.0%   

Net revenues in fiscal 2014 increased by $310,830,000, or 7.1%, compared to fiscal 2013, with comparable brand revenue growth of 7.1%. This increase was primarily driven by the West Elm and Pottery Barn brands.

Net revenues in fiscal 2013 increased by $345,019,000, or 8.5%, compared to fiscal 2012, with comparable brand revenue growth of 8.8%. This increase was primarily driven by the Pottery Barn, West Elm and Pottery Barn Kids brands, partially offset by the loss of the additional week of net revenues in fiscal 2012.

The following table summarizes our net revenues by brand for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012.

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

 

Pottery Barn

$ 2,022,331    $ 1,910,978    $ 1,752,997   

Williams-Sonoma

  994,651      978,002      980,709   

West Elm

  669,074      531,305      430,099   

Pottery Barn Kids

  624,594      597,628      557,516   

PBteen

  260,617      246,449      220,081   

Other

  127,452      123,527      101,468   

Total

$ 4,698,719    $ 4,387,889    $ 4,042,870   

Comparable Brand Revenue

Comparable brand revenue includes retail comparable store sales and e-commerce sales, as well as shipping fees, sales returns and other discounts associated with current period sales. Outlet comparable store net revenues are included in their respective brands. Comparable brand revenue excludes sales from certain operations until such time that we believe those sales are meaningful to evaluating the performance of the brand. Sales related to our international franchised stores have also been excluded as they are not operated by us.

Comparable stores are defined as permanent stores where gross square footage did not change by more than 20% in the previous 12 months and which have been open for at least 12 consecutive months without closure for seven or more consecutive days.

 

Comparable brand revenue growth (decline)

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

 

Pottery Barn

  5.8%      10.4%      8.5%   

Williams-Sonoma

  3.8%      1.5%      (1.7%

West Elm

  18.2%      17.4%      17.4%   

Pottery Barn Kids

  5.9%      7.8%      5.6%   

PBteen

  5.7%      14.1%      1.7%   

Total

  7.1%      8.8%      6.1%   

 

27


Table of Contents

E-COMMERCE NET REVENUES

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

 

E-commerce net revenues

$ 2,370,694    $ 2,115,022    $ 1,869,386   

E-commerce net revenue growth

  12.1%      13.1%      14.5%   

E-commerce net revenues in fiscal 2014 increased by $255,672,000, or 12.1%, compared to fiscal 2013, with increases across all brands, led by West Elm, Pottery Barn and Williams-Sonoma. E-commerce net revenues generated more than 50% of our total company net revenues in fiscal 2014 versus 48% in fiscal 2013.

E-commerce net revenues in fiscal 2013 increased by $245,636,000, or 13.1%, compared to fiscal 2012, with growth across all brands, primarily led by Pottery Barn, West Elm, Pottery Barn Kids and PBteen, partially offset by the loss of the additional week of net revenues in fiscal 2012.

RETAIL NET REVENUES AND OTHER DATA

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

 

Retail net revenues

$ 2,328,025    $ 2,272,867    $ 2,173,484   

Retail net revenue growth

  2.4%      4.6%      4.1%   

Store count – beginning of year

  585      581      576   

Store openings

  35      30      30   

Store closings

  (19   (26   (25

Store count – end of year

  601      585      581   

Store selling square footage at year-end

  3,684,000      3,590,000      3,548,000   

Store leased square footage (“LSF”) at year-end

  5,965,000      5,838,000      5,778,000   

 

  Fiscal 2014   Fiscal 2013   Fiscal 2012  
  

Store

Count

  Avg. LSF
Per Store
 

Store

Count

  Avg. LSF
Per Store
 

Store

Count

  Avg. LSF
Per Store
 

Williams-Sonoma

  243      6,600      248      6,600      253      6,600   

Pottery Barn

  199      13,700      194      13,800      192      13,900   

Pottery Barn Kids

  85      7,600      81      7,900      84      8,100   

West Elm

  69      13,700      58      14,100      48      14,900   

Rejuvenation

  5      10,000      4      13,200      4      13,200   

Total

  601      9,900      585      10,000      581      9,900   

Retail net revenues in fiscal 2014 increased by $55,158,000, or 2.4%, compared to fiscal 2013, led by West Elm and Pottery Barn, partially offset by a decrease in Williams-Sonoma due to store closures at the end of fiscal 2013.

Retail net revenues in fiscal 2013 increased by $99,383,000, or 4.6%, compared to fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily driven by Pottery Barn, West Elm and our international franchise operations, partially offset by a decrease in Williams-Sonoma and the loss of the additional week of net revenues in fiscal 2012.

COST OF GOODS SOLD

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

  % Net
Revenues
 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

  % Net
Revenues
 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

  % Net
Revenues
 

Cost of goods sold 1

$ 2,898,215      61.7%    $ 2,683,673      61.2%    $ 2,450,394      60.6%   

 

1   Includes occupancy expenses of $603,357,000, $561,586,000 and $517,300,000 in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

 

28


Table of Contents

Cost of goods sold includes cost of goods, occupancy expenses and shipping costs. Cost of goods consists of cost of merchandise, inbound freight expenses, freight-to-store expenses and other inventory related costs such as shrinkage, damages and replacements. Occupancy expenses consist of rent, depreciation and other occupancy costs, including common area maintenance, property taxes and utilities. Shipping costs consist of third party delivery services and shipping materials.

Our classification of expenses in cost of goods sold may not be comparable to other public companies, as we do not include non-occupancy related costs associated with our distribution network in cost of goods sold. These costs, which include distribution network employment, third party warehouse management and other distribution related administrative expenses, are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Within our reportable segments, the e-commerce channel does not incur freight-to-store or store occupancy expenses, and typically operates with lower markdowns and inventory shrinkage than the retail channel. However, the e-commerce channel incurs higher customer shipping, damage and replacement costs than the retail channel.

Fiscal 2014 vs. Fiscal 2013

Cost of goods sold increased by $214,542,000, or 8.0%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenues increased to 61.7% in fiscal 2014 from 61.2% in fiscal 2013. This increase was primarily driven by lower selling margins.

In the e-commerce channel, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenues increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily driven by lower selling margins and an increase in occupancy expenses.

In the retail channel, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenues remained relatively flat in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 due to an increase in occupancy expenses offset by higher selling margins.

Fiscal 2013 vs. Fiscal 2012

Cost of goods sold increased by $233,279,000, or 9.5%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenues increased to 61.2% in fiscal 2013 from 60.6% in fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily driven by lower selling margins.

In the e-commerce channel, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenues remained relatively flat in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

In the retail channel, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenues increased in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily driven by lower selling margins and occupancy deleverage primarily from the capital investments in our business, including the investments in our company-owned global expansion and the loss of revenues from the additional week in fiscal 2012.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

% Net

Revenues

 

Fiscal 2013

(52 Weeks)

 

% Net

Revenues

 

Fiscal 2012

(53 Weeks)

 

% Net

Revenues

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

$ 1,298,239      27.6%    $ 1,252,118      28.5%    $ 1,183,313      29.3%   

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of non-occupancy related costs associated with our retail stores, distribution warehouses, customer care centers, supply chain operations (buying, receiving and inspection) and corporate administrative functions. These costs include employment, advertising, third party credit card processing and other general expenses.

We experience differing employment and advertising costs as a percentage of net revenues within the retail and e-commerce channels due to their distinct distribution and marketing strategies. Store employment costs represent a greater percentage of retail net revenues than employment costs as a percentage of net revenues within the e-commerce channel. However, advertising expenses are higher within the e-commerce channel than in the retail channel.

 

29


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 vs. Fiscal 2013

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2014 increased by $46,121,000, or 3.7%, compared to fiscal 2013. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 27.6% in fiscal 2014 from 28.5% in fiscal 2013. This decrease as a percentage of net revenues was primarily driven by greater advertising efficiency, lower general expenses, including litigation settlement income recorded of $7,414,000, and the leverage of employment costs.

In the e-commerce channel, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily driven by greater advertising efficiency.

In the retail channel, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily driven by employment cost deleverage, partially offset by lower general expenses.

Fiscal 2013 vs. Fiscal 2012

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2013 increased by $68,805,000, or 5.8%, compared to fiscal 2012. Including employee separation charges of $2,932,000, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 28.5% for fiscal 2013 from 29.3% for fiscal 2012 (which included employee separation charges of $6,935,000 and asset impairment charges of $6,071,000). This decrease as a percentage of net revenues was primarily driven by greater advertising efficiency due to increasing net revenues, as well as a reduction in year-over-year asset impairment and employee separation charges.

In the e-commerce channel, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily driven by greater advertising efficiency due to increasing net revenues.

In the retail channel, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily driven by a reduction in year-over-year asset impairment charges and the leverage of employment costs due to increasing net revenues.

INCOME TAXES

Our effective income tax rate was 38.5% for fiscal 2014, 38.4% for fiscal 2013, and 37.4% for fiscal 2012. The increase in the effective income tax rate in fiscal 2013 over fiscal 2012 was primarily driven by certain favorable income tax resolutions and credits in fiscal 2012.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of February 1, 2015, we held $222,927,000 in cash and cash equivalents, the majority of which is held in demand deposit accounts, of which $81,124,000 was held by our foreign subsidiaries. As is consistent within our industry, our cash balances are seasonal in nature, with the fourth quarter historically representing a significantly higher level of cash than other periods.

Throughout the fiscal year, we utilize our cash balances to build our inventory levels in preparation for our fourth quarter holiday sales. In fiscal 2015, we plan to use our cash resources to fund our inventory and inventory related purchases, advertising and marketing initiatives, stock repurchases, dividend payments and purchases of property and equipment. In addition to our cash balances on hand, we have a $500,000,000 unsecured revolving line of credit (“credit facility”) that may be used to borrow revolving loans or to request the issuance of letters of credit. We may, upon notice to the administrative agent, request existing or new lenders to increase the credit facility by up to $250,000,000, at such lenders’ option, to provide for a total of $750,000,000 of unsecured revolving credit. During fiscal 2014, we had borrowings of $90,000,000 under the credit facility, all of which were repaid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2013, we had no borrowings under the credit facility.

During fiscal 2014, we redeemed restricted cash deposits of $14,289,000 previously held under collateralized trust agreements. These deposits, which secured potential liabilities associated with our workers’ compensation

 

30


Table of Contents

and other insurance programs, were replaced with standby letters of credit. As of February 1, 2015, a total of $14,760,000 in issued but undrawn standby letters of credit was outstanding under the credit facility. Additionally, as of February 1, 2015, we had three unsecured letter of credit reimbursement facilities, which were amended during the year, for a total of $70,000,000, of which an aggregate of $9,651,000 was outstanding. These letter of credit facilities represent only a future commitment to fund inventory purchases to which we had not taken legal title. We are currently in compliance with all of our financial covenants under the credit facility and, based on our current projections, we expect to remain in compliance throughout fiscal 2015. We believe our cash on hand, in addition to our available credit facilities, will provide adequate liquidity for our business operations over the next 12 months.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

For fiscal 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was $461,697,000 compared to $453,769,000 in fiscal 2013. For fiscal 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net earnings adjusted for non-cash items and an increase in customer deposits, partially offset by an increase in merchandise inventories. This represents an increase in net cash provided compared to fiscal 2013 primarily due to a decrease in inventory purchases and an increase in net earnings adjusted for non-cash items, partially offset by the timing of payments associated with accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

For fiscal 2013, net cash provided by operating activities was $453,769,000 compared to $364,127,000 in fiscal 2012. For fiscal 2013, net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to an increase in net earnings adjusted for non-cash items and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by an increase in merchandise inventories. This represents an increase in net cash provided compared to fiscal 2012 primarily due to the timing of payments associated with accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by an increase in inventory purchases.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

For fiscal 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $188,600,000 compared to $190,624,000 for fiscal 2013, and was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used compared to fiscal 2013 decreased primarily due to the redemption of restricted cash deposits, partially offset by an increase in purchases of property and equipment.

For fiscal 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $190,624,000 compared to $206,815,000 for fiscal 2012, and was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used compared to fiscal 2012 decreased primarily due to a decrease in purchases of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

For fiscal 2014, net cash used in financing activities was $379,020,000 compared to $355,376,000 in fiscal 2013. For fiscal 2014, net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to the repurchase of common stock of $224,377,000 and the payment of dividends of $125,758,000. Net cash used compared to fiscal 2013 increased primarily due to an increase in tax withholding payments related to stock-based awards.

For fiscal 2013, net cash used in financing activities was $355,376,000 compared to $236,445,000 in fiscal 2012. For fiscal 2013, net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to the repurchase of common stock of $239,274,000 and the payment of dividends of $111,581,000. Net cash used compared to fiscal 2012 increased primarily due to an increase in the repurchase of common stock.

Dividends

See section titled Dividends within Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Stock Repurchase Programs

See section titled Stock Repurchase Programs within Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

 

31


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides summary information concerning our future contractual obligations as of February 1, 2015:

 

  Payments Due by Period 1  
In thousands Fiscal 2015  

Fiscal 2016

to Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2019

to Fiscal 2020

  Thereafter   Total  

Operating leases 2

$ 237,975    $ 602,787    $ 289,372    $ 464,191      $  1,594,325   

Purchase obligations 3

  792,816      9,792                802,608   

Memphis-based distribution facilities obligation 4

  1,968                     1,968   

Interest

  191                     191   

Total

$ 1,032,950    $ 612,579    $ 289,372    $ 464,191      $  2,399,092   

 

1   This table excludes $16.8 million of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions as we are not able to reasonably estimate when and if cash payments for these liabilities will occur. This amount, however, has been recorded as a liability in our accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 1, 2015.
2   Projected payments include only those amounts that are fixed and determinable as of the reporting date. See Note E to our Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our operating leases.
3   Represents estimated commitments at year-end to purchase inventory and other goods and services in the normal course of business to meet operational requirements.
4   Represents bond-related debt pertaining to the consolidation of our Memphis-based distribution facility. See Note F to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Contractual Obligations

We have other liabilities reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The payment obligations associated with these liabilities are not reflected in the table above due to the absence of scheduled maturities. The timing of these payments cannot be determined, except for amounts estimated to be payable in fiscal 2015, which are included in our current liabilities as of February 1, 2015.

We are party to a variety of contractual agreements under which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to our commercial contracts, operating leases, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these contracts, we may provide certain routine indemnification relating to representations and warranties or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. Historically, we have not made significant payments for these indemnifications. We believe that if we were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Commercial Commitments

The following table provides summary information concerning our outstanding commercial commitments as of February 1, 2015:

 

  Amount of Outstanding Commitment Expiration By Period 1  
In thousands Fiscal 2015  

Fiscal 2016

to Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2019

to Fiscal 2020

  Thereafter             Total  

Standby letters of credit

$ 14,760                   $ 14,760   

Letter of credit facilities

  9,651                     9,651   

Credit facility

                        

Total

$ 24,411                   $ 24,411   

 

1   See Note C to our Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our borrowing arrangements.

 

32


Table of Contents

IMPACT OF INFLATION

The impact of inflation (or deflation) on our results of operations for the past three fiscal years has not been significant. However, we cannot be certain of the effect inflation (or deflation) may have on our results of operations in the future.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis and are based on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements include significant estimates and assumptions.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories, net of an allowance for excess quantities and obsolescence, are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average method) or market. To determine if the value of our inventory should be marked down below cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preferences and age of the merchandise. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory and lower of cost or market reserves) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We reserve for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future sales and selling prices.

Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the year, at the brand and channel level, as a percentage of net sales based on historical shrinkage results, expectations of future shrinkage and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded at year-end based on the results of our physical inventory count and can vary from our estimates due to such factors as changes in operations, the mix of our inventory (which ranges from large furniture to small tabletop items) and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores, distribution centers, off-site storage locations, and with our third party warehouse and transportation providers. Accordingly, there is no shrinkage reserve at year-end.

Our obsolescence and shrinkage reserve calculations contain estimates that require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. If actual obsolescence or shrinkage estimates change from our original estimate, we will adjust our reserves accordingly throughout the year. We have made no material changes to our assumptions included in the calculations of the obsolescence and shrinkage reserves throughout the year. In addition, we do not believe a 10% change in our inventory reserves would have a material effect on net earnings. As of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, our inventory obsolescence reserves were $10,244,000 and $10,406,000, respectively.

Advertising and Prepaid Catalog Expenses

Advertising expenses consist of media and production costs related to catalog mailings, e-commerce advertising and other direct marketing activities. All advertising costs are expensed as incurred, or upon the release of the initial advertisement, with the exception of prepaid catalog expenses. Prepaid catalog expenses consist primarily of third party incremental direct costs, including creative design, paper, printing, postage and mailing costs for all of our direct response catalogs. Such costs are capitalized as prepaid catalog expenses and are amortized over their expected period of future benefit. Such amortization is based upon the ratio of estimated e-commerce revenues for the period to the total estimated e-commerce revenues over the life of the catalog on an individual catalog basis. Estimated e-commerce revenues over the life of the catalog are based upon various factors such as

 

33


Table of Contents

the total number of catalogs and pages circulated, the probability and magnitude of consumer response and the assortment of merchandise offered. Each catalog is generally fully amortized over a six to nine month period, with the majority of the amortization occurring within the first four to five months. Prepaid catalog expenses are evaluated for realizability on a monthly basis by comparing the carrying amount associated with each catalog to the estimated probable future profitability (net revenues less merchandise cost of goods sold, selling expenses and catalog-related costs) of that catalog. If the estimated future profitability of the catalog is below its carrying amount, the catalog is impaired accordingly.

Total advertising expenses (including catalog advertising, e-commerce advertising and all other advertising costs) were approximately $330,070,000, $325,708,000 and $318,338,000 in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

We review the carrying value of all long-lived assets for impairment, primarily at a store level, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Our impairment analyses determine whether projected cash flows from operations are sufficient to recover the carrying value of these assets. Impairment may result when the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows over its remaining useful life. For store impairment, our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows over the store lease term is based upon our experience, historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability and economic conditions. The future estimates of store profitability and economic conditions require estimating such factors as sales growth, gross margin, employment rates, lease escalations, inflation and the overall economics of the retail industry, and are therefore subject to variability and difficult to predict. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the asset’s net carrying value and its fair value. Long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost of capital.

During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, we recorded expense of approximately $241,000, $561,000 and $6,071,000, respectively, associated with asset impairment charges primarily related to retail stores, all of which is recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to impairment testing annually (on the first day of the fourth quarter), or between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying amount. The first step of the impairment test requires determining the fair value of the reporting unit. We use the income approach, whereby we calculate the fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost of capital. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant estimates and assumptions about the future such as sales growth, gross margins, employment rates, capital expenditures, inflation and future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including goodwill, is in excess of its fair value, goodwill may be impaired, and we must perform a second step of comparing the implied fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value to determine the impairment charge, if any. At February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, we had goodwill of $18,740,000 and $18,946,000, respectively, included in other assets, primarily related to our fiscal 2011 acquisition of Rejuvenation Inc. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2012.

Self-Insured Liabilities

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, employee health benefits and product and general liability claims. We record self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed, including the development of those

 

34


Table of Contents

claims, and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. Factors affecting these estimates include future inflation rates, changes in severity, benefit level changes, medical costs and claim settlement patterns. Should a different amount of claims occur compared to what was estimated, or costs of the claims increase or decrease beyond what was anticipated, reserves may need to be adjusted accordingly. We determine our workers’ compensation liability and product and general liability claims reserves based on an actuarial analysis of historical claims data. Self-insurance reserves for employee health benefits, workers’ compensation and product and general liability claims were $24,901,000 and $21,755,000 as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, respectively.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in our Consolidated Financial Statements. We record reserves for our estimates of probable settlements of foreign and domestic tax examinations. At any one time, many tax years are subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these examinations and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. Additionally, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and level of our earnings in various taxing jurisdictions.

 

35


Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risks, which include significant deterioration of the U.S. and foreign markets, changes in U.S. interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, including the devaluation of the U.S. dollar, and the effects of economic uncertainty which may affect the prices we pay our vendors in the foreign countries in which we do business. We do not engage in financial transactions for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our line of credit is the only instrument we hold with a variable interest rate which subjects us to interest rate risk. During fiscal 2014, we had borrowings of $90,000,000 under the credit facility, all of which were repaid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. If the interest rate on this existing variable rate debt instrument rose 10% our results from operations and cash flows would not be materially affected.

In addition, we have fixed and variable income investments consisting of short-term investments classified as cash and cash equivalents, which are also affected by changes in market interest rates. As of February 1, 2015, our investments, made primarily in demand deposit accounts, are stated at cost and approximate their fair values.

Foreign Currency Risks

We purchase a significant amount of inventory from vendors outside of the U.S. in transactions that are denominated in U.S. dollars. Approximately 2% of our international purchase transactions are in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the euro. Any foreign currency impact related to these international purchase transactions was not significant to us during fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2013. Since we pay for the majority of our international purchases in U.S. dollars, however, a decline in the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies would subject us to risks associated with increased purchasing costs from our vendors in their effort to offset any lost profits associated with any currency devaluation. We cannot predict with certainty the effect these increased costs may have on our financial statements or results of operations.

In addition, our retail and e-commerce businesses in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and our operations throughout Asia and Europe, expose us to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Substantially all of our purchases and sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, which limits our exposure to this risk. While the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations was not material to us in fiscal 2014, we have continued to see volatility in the exchange rates in the countries in which we do business. As we continue to expand globally, the foreign currency exchange risk related to the transactions of our foreign subsidiaries may increase. To mitigate this risk, we hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposure with foreign currency forward contracts in accordance with our risk management policies (see Note M to our Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

36


Table of Contents
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

 

  Fiscal Year Ended  

In thousands, except per share amounts

 

 

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks

  

 

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks

  

 

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks

  

Net revenues

  $  4,698,719      $  4,387,889      $  4,042,870   

Cost of goods sold

  2,898,215      2,683,673      2,450,394   

Gross profit

  1,800,504      1,704,216      1,592,476   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  1,298,239      1,252,118      1,183,313   

Operating income

  502,265      452,098      409,163   

Interest (income) expense, net

  62      (584   (793

Earnings before income taxes

  502,203      452,682      409,956   

Income taxes

  193,349      173,780      153,226   

Net earnings

  $     308,854      $     278,902      $     256,730   

Basic earnings per share

  $           3.30      $           2.89      $           2.59   

Diluted earnings per share

  $           3.24      $           2.82      $           2.54   

Shares used in calculation of earnings per share:

Basic

  93,634      96,669      99,266   

Diluted

  95,200      98,765      101,051   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

  

  

  

  Fiscal Year Ended  

In thousands                                                                                            

 

 

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks

  

 

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks

  

 

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks

  

Net earnings

  $     308,854      $     278,902      $     256,730   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (9,305   (7,850   1,043   

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, net of tax

  806      870      0   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on derivative financial instruments

  (573   (129   0   

Comprehensive income

  $     299,782      $     271,793      $     257,773   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

37


Table of Contents

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

In thousands, except per share amounts Feb. 1, 2015   Feb. 2, 2014  

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 222,927    $ 330,121   

Restricted cash

  0      14,289   

Accounts receivable, net

  67,465      60,330   

Merchandise inventories, net

  887,701      813,160   

Prepaid catalog expenses

  33,942      33,556   

Prepaid expenses

  36,265      35,309   

Deferred income taxes, net

  130,618      121,486   

Other assets

  13,005      10,852   

Total current assets

  1,391,923      1,419,103   

Property and equipment, net

  883,012      849,293   

Non-current deferred income taxes, net

  4,265      13,824   

Other assets, net

  51,077      54,514   

Total assets

$ 2,330,277    $ 2,336,734   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$ 397,037    $ 404,791   

Accrued salaries, benefits and other

  136,012      138,181   

Customer deposits

  261,679      228,193   

Income taxes payable

  32,488      49,365   

Current portion of long-term debt

  1,968      1,785   

Other liabilities

  46,764      38,781   

Total current liabilities

  875,948      861,096   

Deferred rent and lease incentives

  166,925      157,856   

Long-term debt

  0      1,968   

Other long-term obligations

  62,698      59,812   

Total liabilities

  1,105,571      1,080,732   

Commitments and contingencies – See Note J

Stockholders’ equity

Preferred stock: $.01 par value; 7,500 shares authorized; none issued

  0      0   

Common stock: $.01 par value; 253,125 shares authorized;

91,891 and 94,049 shares issued and outstanding at

February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, respectively

  919      941   

Additional paid-in capital

  527,261      522,595   

Retained earnings

  701,214      729,043   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  (2,548   6,524   

Treasury stock, at cost

  (2,140   (3,101

Total stockholders’ equity

  1,224,706      1,256,002   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 2,330,277    $ 2,336,734   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

38


Table of Contents

                  Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

                  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

   

Retained

Earnings

   

Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive

Income

    Treasury
Stock
   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity

 
In thousands   Shares     Amount            
                                                         

Balance at January 29, 2012

  100,451    $ 1,005    $ 478,720    $ 762,947    $ 12,590    $    $ 1,255,262   

Net earnings

                 256,730                256,730   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                      1,043           1,043   

Exercise of stock-based awards and related tax effect

  506      5      27,225                     27,230   

Conversion/release of stock-based awards 1

  739      7      (18,644                  (18,637

Repurchases of common stock

  (3,962   (40   (14,741   (140,299             (155,080

Stock-based compensation expense

            31,056      (14             31,042   

Dividends declared

                 (88,452             (88,452

 

 

Balance at February 3, 2013

  97,734      977      503,616      790,912      13,633           1,309,138   

Net earnings

                 278,902                278,902   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                      (7,850        (7,850

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

                      741           741   

Exercise of stock-based awards and related tax effect

  201      2      15,339                     15,341   

Conversion/release of stock-based awards 1

  459      5      (18,101                  (18,096

Repurchases of common stock

  (4,345   (43   (17,047   (219,083        (3,101   (239,274

Stock-based compensation expense

            38,788                     38,788   

Dividends declared

                 (121,688             (121,688

 

 

Balance at February 2, 2014

  94,049      941      522,595      729,043      6,524      (3,101   1,256,002   

Net earnings

                 308,854                308,854   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                      (9,305        (9,305

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

                      233           233   

Exercise of stock-based awards and related tax effect

  116      1      31,021                     31,022   

Conversion/release of stock-based awards 1

  1,058      10      (56,053                  (56,043

Repurchases of common stock

  (3,332   (33   (13,776   (210,568             (224,377

Reissuance of treasury stock under share-based compensation plans 1

            (1,158   (737   961      (934

Stock-based compensation expense

            44,632                     44,632   

Dividends declared

                 (125,378             (125,378

 

 

Balance at February 1, 2015

  91,891    $ 919    $ 527,261    $ 701,214    $ (2,548 $ (2,140 $ 1,224,706   
                                                         

 

1 Amounts are shown net of shares withheld for employee taxes.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

39


Table of Contents

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

  Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings $ 308,854    $ 278,902    $ 256,730   

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

  162,273      149,795      134,453   

Loss on disposal/impairment of assets

  2,410      2,764      8,388   

Amortization of deferred lease incentives

  (24,419   (25,382   (26,694

Deferred income taxes

  (248   (28,344   (9,029

Tax benefit related to stock-based awards

  26,952      8,817      12,725   

Excess tax benefit related to stock-based awards

  (26,560   (8,743   (12,683

Stock-based compensation expense

  44,632      38,788      31,042   

Other

  595      0      0   

Changes in:

Accounts receivable

  (9,366   786      (16,408

Merchandise inventories

  (76,964   (174,664   (85,981

Prepaid catalog expenses

  (386   3,675      (2,937

Prepaid expenses and other assets

  (61   (13,649   (12,204

Accounts payable

  4,455      135,095      22,461   

Accrued salaries, benefits and other current and long-term liabilities

  8,867      43,635      9,147   

Customer deposits

  34,400      21,578      16,962   

Deferred rent and lease incentives

  23,297      13,238      18,803   

Income taxes payable

  (17,034   7,478      19,352   

Net cash provided by operating activities

  461,697      453,769      364,127   

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment

  (204,800   (193,953   (205,404

Restricted cash receipts (deposits)

  14,289      1,766      (1,323

Proceeds from insurance reimbursements

  1,644      1,518      115   

Other

  267      45      (203

Net cash used in investing activities

  (188,600   (190,624   (206,815

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repurchase of common stock

  (224,377   (239,274   (155,080

Payment of dividends

  (125,758   (111,581   (87,847

Borrowings under revolving line of credit

  90,000      0      0   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving line of credit

  (90,000   0      0   

Tax withholdings related to stock-based awards

  (56,977   (18,096   (18,637

Excess tax benefit related to stock-based awards

  26,560      8,743      12,683   

Net proceeds related to stock-based awards

  4,077      6,614      14,637   

Repayments of long-term obligations

  (1,785   (1,724   (1,796

Other

  (760   (58   (405

Net cash used in financing activities

  (379,020   (355,376   (236,445

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

  (1,271   (2,203   931   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (107,194   (94,434   (78,202

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  330,121      424,555      502,757   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$ 222,927    $ 330,121    $ 424,555   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the year for interest

$ 1,269    $ 1,270    $ 1,651   

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net of refunds

$ 172,305    $ 186,968    $ 131,440   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note A: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

We are a specialty retailer of high-quality products for the home. These products, representing distinct merchandise strategies – Williams-Sonoma, Pottery Barn, Pottery Barn Kids, West Elm, PBteen, Williams-Sonoma Home, Rejuvenation, and Mark and Graham – are marketed through e-commerce websites, direct mail catalogs and 601 stores. We have retail and e-commerce businesses in the U.S., Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and ship our products to customers worldwide. Our catalogs reach customers throughout the U.S. and Australia. In addition, we have unaffiliated franchisees that operate stores in the Middle East and the Philippines.

Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to January 31, based on a 52 or 53-week year. Fiscal 2014, a 52-week year, ended on February 1, 2015; Fiscal 2013, a 52-week year, ended on February 2, 2014; and fiscal 2012, a 53-week year, ended on February 3, 2013.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis and are based on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. As of February 1, 2015, we were invested primarily in demand deposit accounts. Book cash overdrafts issued, but not yet presented to the bank for payment, are reclassified to accounts payable.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents deposits held in trusts to secure our liabilities associated with our workers’ compensation and other insurance programs. During fiscal 2014, we redeemed restricted cash deposits of $14,289,000 previously held under collateralized trust agreements.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at their carrying values, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable consist primarily of credit card, franchisee and landlord receivables for which collectability is reasonably assured. Receivables are evaluated for collectability on a regular basis and an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded, if necessary. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was not material to our financial statements as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories, net of an allowance for excess quantities and obsolescence, are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average method) or market. To determine if the value of our inventory should be marked down below cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preferences and age of the merchandise. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory and lower of cost or market reserves) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We reserve for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future sales and selling prices.

Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the year, at the brand and channel level, as a percentage of net sales based on historical shrinkage results, expectations of future shrinkage and current

 

41


Table of Contents

inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded at year-end based on the results of our physical inventory count and can vary from our estimates due to such factors as changes in operations, the mix of our inventory (which ranges from large furniture to small tabletop items) and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores, distribution centers, off-site storage locations, and with our third party warehouse and transportation providers. Accordingly, there is no shrinkage reserve at year-end.

Our obsolescence and shrinkage reserve calculations contain estimates that require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. If actual obsolescence or shrinkage estimates change from our original estimate, we will adjust our reserves accordingly throughout the year. We have made no material changes to our assumptions included in the calculations of the obsolescence and shrinkage reserves throughout the year. In addition, we do not believe a 10% change in our inventory reserves would have a material effect on net earnings. As of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, our inventory obsolescence reserves were $10,244,000 and $10,406,000, respectively.

Advertising and Prepaid Catalog Expenses

Advertising expenses consist of media and production costs related to catalog mailings, e-commerce advertising and other direct marketing activities. All advertising costs are expensed as incurred, or upon the release of the initial advertisement, with the exception of prepaid catalog expenses. Prepaid catalog expenses consist primarily of third party incremental direct costs, including creative design, paper, printing, postage and mailing costs for all of our direct response catalogs. Such costs are capitalized as prepaid catalog expenses and are amortized over their expected period of future benefit. Such amortization is based upon the ratio of estimated e-commerce revenues for the period to the total estimated e-commerce revenues over the life of the catalog on an individual catalog basis. Estimated e-commerce revenues over the life of the catalog are based upon various factors such as the total number of catalogs and pages circulated, the probability and magnitude of consumer response and the assortment of merchandise offered. Each catalog is generally fully amortized over a six to nine month period, with the majority of the amortization occurring within the first four to five months. Prepaid catalog expenses are evaluated for realizability on a monthly basis by comparing the carrying amount associated with each catalog to the estimated probable future profitability (net revenues less merchandise cost of goods sold, selling expenses and catalog-related costs) of that catalog. If the estimated future profitability of the catalog is below its carrying amount, the catalog is impaired accordingly.

Total advertising expenses (including catalog advertising, e-commerce advertising and all other advertising costs) were approximately $330,070,000, $325,708,000 and $318,338,000 in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Leasehold improvements

Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term (generally 3 – 22 years)

Fixtures and equipment

  2 – 20 years

Buildings and building improvements

10 – 40 years

Capitalized software

  2 – 10 years

We review the carrying value of all long-lived assets for impairment, primarily at a store level, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Our impairment analyses determine whether projected cash flows from operations are sufficient to recover the carrying value of these assets. Impairment may result when the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows over its remaining useful life. For store impairment, our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows over the store lease term is based upon our experience, historical operations of the stores and estimates of

 

42


Table of Contents

future store profitability and economic conditions. The future estimates of store profitability and economic conditions require estimating such factors as sales growth, gross margin, employment rates, lease escalations, inflation and the overall economics of the retail industry, and are therefore subject to variability and difficult to predict. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the asset’s net carrying value and its fair value. Long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost of capital.

For any store or facility closure where a lease obligation still exists, we record the estimated future liability associated with the rental obligation on the cease use date.

During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, we recorded expense of approximately $241,000, $561,000 and $6,071,000, respectively, associated with asset impairment charges primarily related to retail stores, all of which is recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to impairment testing annually (on the first day of the fourth quarter), or between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying amount. The first step of the impairment test requires determining the fair value of the reporting unit. We use the income approach, whereby we calculate the fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost of capital. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant estimates and assumptions about the future, such as sales growth, gross margins, employment rates, capital expenditures, inflation and future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including goodwill, is in excess of its fair value, goodwill may be impaired, and we must perform a second step of comparing the implied fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value to determine the impairment charge, if any. At February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, we had goodwill of $18,740,000 and $18,946,000, respectively, included in other assets, primarily related to our fiscal 2011 acquisition of Rejuvenation Inc. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2012.

Self-Insured Liabilities

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, employee health benefits and product and general liability claims. We record self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed, including the development of those claims, and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. Factors affecting these estimates include future inflation rates, changes in severity, benefit level changes, medical costs and claim settlement patterns. Should a different amount of claims occur compared to what was estimated, or costs of the claims increase or decrease beyond what was anticipated, reserves may need to be adjusted accordingly. We determine our workers’ compensation liability and product and general liability claims reserves based on an actuarial analysis of historical claims data. Self-insurance reserves for employee health benefits, workers’ compensation and product and general liability claims were $24,901,000 and $21,755,000 as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, respectively.

Customer Deposits

Customer deposits are primarily comprised of unredeemed gift cards and merchandise credits and deferred revenue related to undelivered merchandise. We maintain a liability for unredeemed gift cards and merchandise credits until the earlier of redemption, escheatment or four years as we have concluded that the likelihood of our gift cards being redeemed beyond four years from the date of issuance is remote.

Deferred Rent and Lease Incentives

For leases that contain fixed escalations of the minimum annual lease payment during the original term of the lease, we recognize rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including the construction period,

 

43


Table of Contents

and record the difference between rent expense and the amount currently payable as deferred rent. Deferred lease incentives include construction allowances received from landlords, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including the construction period.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt approximate their estimated fair values. We use derivative instruments to hedge against foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The assets or liabilities associated with our derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in either other current assets or other current liabilities. The fair value of our foreign currency derivative instruments is measured using the income approach whereby we use observable market data at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. These observable inputs include spot rates, forward rates, interest rates and credit derivative market rates (refer to Notes M and N for additional information).

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues and the related cost of goods sold (including shipping costs) at the time the products are delivered to our customers. Revenue is recognized for retail sales (excluding home-delivered merchandise) at the point of sale in the store and, for home-delivered merchandise and e-commerce sales, when the merchandise is delivered to the customer. Discounts provided to customers are accounted for as a reduction of sales. We record a reserve for estimated product returns in each reporting period. Shipping and handling fees charged to the customer are recognized as revenue at the time the products are delivered to the customer. Revenues are presented net of any taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.

Sales Returns Reserve

Our customers may return purchased items for an exchange or refund. We record a reserve for estimated product returns, net of cost of goods sold, based on historical return trends together with current product sales performance. A summary of activity in our sales returns reserve is as follows:

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014 1

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2013 1

(52 Weeks)

 

Fiscal 2012 1

(53 Weeks)

 

Balance at beginning of year

$ 15,954    $ 14,397    $ 14,151   

Provision for sales returns

  311,911      293,929      270,156   

Actual sales returns

  (313,083   (292,372   (269,910

Balance at end of year

$ 14,782    $ 15,954    $ 14,397   

 

1   Amounts are shown net of cost of goods sold.

Vendor Allowances

We receive allowances or credits from certain vendors for volume rebates. We treat such volume rebates as an offset to the cost of the product or services provided at the time the expense is recorded. These allowances and credits received are recorded in both cost of goods sold and in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes cost of goods, occupancy expenses and shipping costs. Cost of goods consists of cost of merchandise, inbound freight expenses, freight-to-store expenses and other inventory related costs such as shrinkage, damages and replacements. Occupancy expenses consist of rent, depreciation and other occupancy costs, including common area maintenance, property taxes and utilities. Shipping costs consist of third party delivery services and shipping materials.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of non-occupancy related costs associated with our retail stores, distribution warehouses, customer care centers, supply chain operations (buying, receiving and inspection)

 

44


Table of Contents

and corporate administrative functions. These costs include employment, advertising, third party credit card processing and other general expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements by measuring and recognizing compensation expense in our Consolidated Financial Statements for all stock-based awards using a fair value based method. Restricted stock units are valued using the closing price of our stock on the date prior to the date of grant. The fair value of each stock-based award is amortized over the requisite service period.

Foreign Currency Translation

As of February 1, 2015, our retail stores in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and our operations throughout Asia and Europe expose us to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Additionally, some of our foreign operations have a functional currency different than the U.S. dollar, such as those in Canada (Canadian dollar), Europe (euro or British pound) and Australia (Australian dollar). Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. While the gains and losses resulting from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have not been material to us, we have continued to see volatility in the exchange rates in the countries in which we do business. These gains and losses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses (except for those discussed in Note M).

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed as net earnings divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed as net earnings divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents consist of shares subject to stock-based awards with exercise prices less than or equal to the average market price of our common stock for the period, to the extent their inclusion would be dilutive.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in our Consolidated Financial Statements. We record reserves for our estimates of the additional income tax liability that is more likely than not to result from the ultimate resolution of foreign and domestic tax examinations. At any one time, many tax years are subject to examination by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these examinations and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. We review and update the estimates used in the accrual for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available from taxing authorities, upon completion of tax examination, upon expiration of statutes of limitation, or upon occurrence of other events.

In order to compute the tax on an interim basis, we estimate what our effective tax rate will be for the full fiscal year and adjust these estimates throughout the year as necessary. Adjustments to our income tax provision due to changes in our estimated effective tax rate are recorded in the interim period in which the change occurs. The tax (or benefit) related to items other than ordinary income is individually computed and recognized when the items occur. Our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and level of our earnings in various taxing jurisdictions.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and

 

45


Table of Contents

create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. This ASU is effective retrospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently assessing the potential impact of this ASU on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note B: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

In thousands Feb. 1, 2015   Feb. 2, 2014  

Leasehold improvements

$ 852,372    $ 847,351   

Fixtures and equipment

  691,001      698,275   

Capitalized software

  431,259      419,432   

Land and buildings

  192,841      188,498   

Corporate systems projects in progress 1

  91,885      72,693   

Construction in progress 2

  10,119      5,519   

Total

  2,269,477      2,231,768   

Accumulated depreciation

  (1,386,465   (1,382,475

Property and equipment, net

$ 883,012    $ 849,293   

 

1   Corporate systems projects in progress as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014 include approximately $56.8 million and $40.1 million, respectively, for the portion of our new inventory and order management system currently under development and not ready for its intended use.
2   Construction in progress primarily consists of leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures related to new, expanded or remodeled retail stores where construction had not been completed as of year-end.

Note C: Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

In thousands Feb. 1, 2015   Feb. 2, 2014  

Memphis-based distribution facility obligation (see Note F)

$         1,968    $         3,753   

Less current maturities

  (1,968   (1,785

Total long-term debt

$ 0    $ 1,968   

Credit Facility

We have a $500,000,000 unsecured revolving line of credit (“credit facility”) that may be used to borrow revolving loans or request the issuance of letters of credit. We may, upon notice to the administrative agent, request existing or new lenders to increase the credit facility by up to $250,000,000, at such lenders’ option, to provide for a total of $750,000,000 of unsecured revolving credit. As of February 1, 2015, we were in compliance with our financial covenants under the credit facility and, based on current projections, we expect to remain in compliance throughout fiscal 2015. The credit facility matures on November 19, 2019, at which time all outstanding borrowings must be repaid and all outstanding letters of credit must be cash collateralized.

We may elect interest rates calculated at (i) Bank of America’s prime rate (or, if greater, the average rate on overnight federal funds plus one-half of one percent, or a rate based on LIBOR plus one percent) plus a margin based on our leverage ratio or (ii) LIBOR plus a margin based on our leverage ratio. During fiscal 2014, we had borrowings of $90,000,000 under the credit facility, all of which were repaid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, and no amounts were outstanding as of February 1, 2015. During fiscal 2013, we had no borrowings under the credit facility, and no amounts were outstanding as of February 2, 2014. Additionally, as of February 1, 2015, $14,760,000 in issued but undrawn standby letters of credit was outstanding under the credit facility. The standby letters of credit were issued to secure the liabilities associated with workers’ compensation and other insurance programs.

 

46


Table of Contents

Letter of Credit Facilities

We have three unsecured letter of credit reimbursement facilities for a total of $70,000,000, each of which matures on August 28, 2015. The letter of credit facilities contain covenants that are consistent with our unsecured revolving line of credit. Interest on unreimbursed amounts under the letter of credit facilities accrues at the lender’s prime rate (or, if greater, the average rate on overnight federal funds plus one-half of one percent) plus 2.0%. As of February 1, 2015, an aggregate of $9,651,000 was outstanding under the letter of credit facilities, which represents only a future commitment to fund inventory purchases to which we had not taken legal title. The latest expiration possible for any future letters of credit issued under the facilities is January 25, 2016.

Note D: Income Taxes

The components of earnings before income taxes, by tax jurisdiction, are as follows:

 

  Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks)

 

United States

$ 482,739    $ 448,764    $ 401,542   

Foreign

  19,464      3,918      8,414   

Total earnings before income taxes

$      502,203    $      452,682    $      409,956   

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks)

 

Current

Federal

$ 157,227    $ 173,686    $ 136,742   

State

  31,959      25,748      22,072   

Foreign

  4,411      2,690      3,441   

Total current

  193,597      202,124      162,255   

Deferred

Federal

  2,719      (26,324   (7,827

State

  (2,547   (1,277   (1,202

Foreign

  (420   (743   (0

Total deferred

  (248   (28,344   (9,029

Total provision

$ 193,349    $ 173,780    $ 153,226   

We have historically elected not to provide for U.S. income taxes with respect to the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as we intended to utilize those earnings in our foreign operations for an indefinite period of time. As of February 1, 2015 the accumulated undistributed earnings of all foreign subsidiaries were approximately $43,300,000 and are sufficient to support our anticipated future cash needs for our foreign operations. We currently intend to utilize those undistributed earnings for an indefinite period of time and will only repatriate such earnings when it is tax effective to do so. It is currently not practical to estimate the tax liability that might be payable if these foreign earnings were to be repatriated.

A reconciliation of income taxes at the federal statutory corporate rate to the effective rate is as follows:

 

  Fiscal Year Ended  
 

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks)

 

Federal income taxes at the statutory rate

  35.0%      35.0%      35.0%   

State income tax rate

  4.0%      3.7%      3.3%   

Other

  (0.5%   (0.3%   (0.9%

Effective tax rate

  38.5%      38.4%      37.4%   

 

47


Table of Contents

Significant components of our deferred tax accounts are as follows:

 

In thousands    Feb. 1, 2015   Feb. 2, 2014  

Current:

Compensation

$ 15,968    $ 14,378   

Merchandise inventories

  30,328      27,337   

Accrued liabilities

  28,866      26,461   

Customer deposits

  60,989      58,479   

Prepaid catalog expenses

  (12,753   (12,576

Other

    7,220      7,407   

Total current

    130,618      121,486   

Non-current:

Depreciation

  (9,888   (4,216

Deferred rent

  18,925      17,500   

Deferred lease incentives

  (37,098   (33,065

Stock-based compensation

  19,857      28,948   

Executive deferral plan

  5,437      5,699   

Uncertainties

  7,061      4,378   

Valuation allowance

  (1,568   (1,048

Other

    1,539      (4,372

Total non-current

    4,265      13,824   

Total deferred tax assets, net

  $    134,883    $    135,310   

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits:

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014
(52 Weeks)
  Fiscal 2013
(52 Weeks)
  Fiscal 2012
(53 Weeks)
 

Balance at beginning of year

$ 10,765    $ 8,990    $ 10,023   

Increases related to current year tax positions

  3,093      3,351      2,188   

Increases related to prior years’ tax positions

  2,007      328      936   

Decreases related to prior years’ tax positions

  (138   (42   (171

Settlements

  (1,144   (170   (1,069

Lapses in statute of limitations

  (224   (1,692   (2,917

Balance at end of year

$      14,359    $      10,765    $        8,990   

As of February 1, 2015, we had $14,359,000 of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $9,602,000 would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate.

We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. As of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, our accruals for the payment of interest and penalties totaled $2,412,000 and $2,231,000, respectively, primarily related to interest.

Due to the potential resolution of state issues, it is reasonably possible that the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits could decrease within the next twelve months by a range of $0 to $1,900,000.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) had concluded examination of our U.S. federal income tax returns for years prior to fiscal 2011 without any significant adjustments. Substantially all material state, local and foreign income tax examinations have been concluded through fiscal 2004.

 

48


Table of Contents

Note E: Accounting for Leases

Operating Leases

We lease store locations, distribution centers, customer care centers, corporate facilities and certain equipment for original terms ranging generally from 3 to 22 years. Certain leases contain renewal options for periods up to 20 years. The rental payment requirements in our store leases are typically structured as either: minimum rent; rent based on a percentage of store sales; minimum rent plus additional rent based on a percentage of store sales; or rent based on a percentage of store sales if a specified store sales threshold or contractual obligation of the landlord has not been met. Contingent rental payments, including rental payments that are based on a percentage of sales, cannot be predicted with certainty at the onset of the lease term. Accordingly, such contingent rental payments are recorded as incurred each period and are excluded from our calculation of deferred rent liability.

Total rental expense for all operating leases was as follows:

 

  Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands

Feb. 1, 2015

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 2, 2014

(52 Weeks)

 

Feb. 3, 2013

(53 Weeks)

 

Rent expense

$ 215,221    $ 201,727    $ 189,060   

Contingent rent expense

  32,699      34,608      35,634   

Rent expense before deferred lease incentive income

  247,920      236,335      224,694   

Deferred lease incentive income

  (24,420   (25,385   (26,694

Less: sublease rental income

  (560   (536   (535

Total rent expense 1

$   222,940    $   210,414    $    197,465   

 

1 Excludes all other occupancy-related costs including depreciation, common area maintenance, utilities and property taxes.

The aggregate future minimum annual cash rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases (excluding the Memphis-based distribution facility consolidated by us, see Note F) in effect at February 1, 2015 were as follows:

 

In thousands

  Lease Commitments 1,2   

Fiscal 2015

$ 237,975   

Fiscal 2016

  225,951   

Fiscal 2017

  198,483   

Fiscal 2018

  178,353   

Fiscal 2019

  158,431   

Thereafter

  595,132   

Total

$ 1,594,325   

 

1 Represents future projected cash payments and, therefore, is not necessarily representative of future expected rental expense.
2   Projected cash payments include only those amounts that are fixed and determinable as of the reporting date. We currently pay rent for certain store locations based on a percentage of store sales. As future store sales cannot be predicted with certainty, projected payments for these locations are based on minimum rent, which is generally higher than rent based on a percentage of store sales. We incur other lease obligation expenses, such as common area maintenance and other executory costs, which are not fixed in nature and are thus not included in the future projected cash payments reflected above. In addition, projected cash payments do not include any benefit from deferred lease incentive income, which is reflected within “Total rent expense” above.

 

49


Table of Contents

Note F: Memphis-Based Distribution Facilities

Our Memphis-based distribution facilities include an operating lease entered into in July 1983 for a distribution facility in Memphis, Tennessee. The lessor is a general partnership (“Partnership 1”) comprised of the estate of W. Howard Lester (“Mr. Lester”), our former Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and the estate of James A. McMahan (“Mr. McMahan”), a former Director Emeritus and significant stockholder. Partnership 1 does not have operations separate from the leasing of this distribution facility and does not have lease agreements with any unrelated third parties. The terms of the lease automatically renewed until the bonds that financed the construction of the facility were fully repaid in December 2010, at which time we continued to rent the facility on a month-to-month basis. We subsequently agreed to lease the facilities from Partnership 1 through February 2014, at which time the lease was terminated and we vacated the facility. We made annual rental payments of approximately $28,000 in fiscal 2014, and $618,000 in both fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012.

Our other Memphis-based distribution facility includes an operating lease entered into in August 1990 for another distribution facility that is adjoined to the Partnership 1 facility in Memphis, Tennessee. The lessor is a general partnership (“Partnership 2”) comprised of the estate of Mr. Lester, the estate of Mr. McMahan and two unrelated parties. Partnership 2 does not have operations separate from the leasing of this distribution facility and does not have lease agreements with any unrelated third parties. The term of the lease automatically renews on an annual basis until the bonds that financed the construction of the facility are fully repaid in August 2015. As of February 1, 2015, $1,968,000 was outstanding under the Partnership 2 bonds. We made annual rental payments of approximately $2,432,000, $2,448,000 and $2,473,000 including applicable taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

As of February 1, 2015, Partnership 2 qualifies as a variable interest entity and is consolidated by us due to its related party relationship and our obligation to renew the lease until the bonds are fully repaid. As such, as of February 1, 2015, our Consolidated Balance Sheet includes $10,658,000 in assets (primarily buildings), $1,968,000 in debt and $8,690,000 in other long-term liabilities related to the consolidation of the Partnership 2 distribution facility.

Note G: Earnings Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of net earnings and the number of shares used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

In thousands, except per share amounts Net Earnings   Weighted
Average Shares
  Earnings
Per Share
 

2014 (52 Weeks)

Basic

$   308,854      93,634    $ 3.30   

Effect of dilutive stock-based awards

  1,566   

Diluted

$ 308,854      95,200    $ 3.24   

2013 (52 Weeks)

Basic

$ 278,902      96,669    $ 2.89   

Effect of dilutive stock-based awards

  2,096   

Diluted

$ 278,902      98,765    $ 2.82   

2012 (53 Weeks)

Basic

$ 256,730      99,266    $ 2.59   

Effect of dilutive stock-based awards

  1,785   

Diluted

$ 256,730      101,051    $ 2.54   

Stock-based awards of 21,000 and 1,313,000 were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2012, respectively, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. There were no stock-based awards excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2013.

 

50


Table of Contents

Note H: Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Award Programs

Our Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) provides for grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights (collectively, “option awards”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (including those that are performance-based), deferred stock awards (collectively, “stock awards”) and dividend equivalents up to an aggregate of 25,760,000 shares. As of February 1, 2015, there were approximately 4,354,000 shares available for future grant. Awards may be granted under the Plan to officers, employees and non-employee members of the board of directors of the company (the “Board”) or any parent or subsidiary. Shares issued as a result of award exercises or releases are primarily funded with the issuance of new shares.

Option Awards

Annual grants of option awards are limited to 1,000,000 shares on a per person basis and have a maximum term of seven years. The exercise price of these option awards is not less than 100% of the closing price of our stock on the day prior to the grant date. Option awards granted to employees generally vest over a period of four years for service-based awards. Certain option awards contain vesting acceleration clauses resulting from events including, but not limited to, retirement, merger or a similar corporate event.

Stock Awards

Annual grants of stock awards are limited to 400,000 shares on a per person basis. Stock awards granted to employees generally vest evenly over a period of four years for service-based awards. Certain performance-based awards, which have variable payout conditions based on predetermined financial targets, vest three years from the date of grant. Certain stock awards and other agreements contain vesting acceleration clauses resulting from events including, but not limited to, retirement, merger or a similar corporate event. Stock awards granted to non-employee Board members generally vest in one year. Non-employee Board members automatically receive stock awards on the date of their initial election to the Board and annually thereafter on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders (so long as they continue to serve as a non-employee Board member).

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We measure and record stock-based compensation expense for all employee stock-based awards using a fair value based method. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, we recognized total stock-based compensation expense, as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, of $44,632,000, $38,788,000 and $31,042,000, respectively. As of February 1, 2015, there was $52,317,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense (net of estimated forfeitures), which we expect to recognize on a straight-line basis over a weighted average remaining service period of approximately two years. At each reporting period, all compensation expense attributable to vested awards has been fully recognized.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes our stock option activity during fiscal 2014:

 

   Shares  

Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price

  Weighted Average
Contractual Term
Remaining (Years)
Intrinsic
Value 1
 

Balance at February 2, 2014 (100% vested)

  222,488    $      37.11           

Granted

  0      0   

Exercised

  (115,488   35.30   

Cancelled

  0      0           

Balance at February 1, 2015 (100% vested)

  107,000    $ 39.05    0.81 $ 4,194,000   

 

1   Intrinsic value for outstanding and vested options is based on the excess of the market value of our common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year (or $78.25) over the exercise price.

 

51


Table of Contents

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2012. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $3,564,000 for fiscal 2014, $3,834,000 for fiscal 2013 and $5,497,000 for fiscal 2012. Intrinsic value for options exercised is based on the excess of the market value over the exercise price on the date of exercise.

Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Rights

A stock-settled stock appreciation right is an award that allows the recipient to receive common stock equal to the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the grant date and the conversion date for the number of shares converted.

The following table summarizes our stock-settled stock appreciation right activity during fiscal 2014:

 

   Shares  

Weighted

Average

Conversion
Price 1

 

Weighted Average

Contractual Term
Remaining (Years)

Intrinsic
Value 2
 

Balance at February 2, 2014

  1,859,762    $         29.19           

Granted

  0      0   

Converted into common stock

  (674,338   28.47   

Cancelled

  (25,476   40.19           

Balance at February 1, 2015

  1,159,948    $ 29.36    3.27 $ 56,711,000   

Vested at February 1, 2015

  892,712    $ 26.06    3.29 $ 46,590,000   

Vested plus expected to vest at February 1, 2015

  1,086,001    $ 28.62    3.27 $ 53,903,000   

 

1   Conversion price is equal to the market value on the date of grant.
2   Intrinsic value for outstanding and vested rights is based on the excess of the market value of our common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year (or $78.25) over the conversion price.

No stock-settled stock appreciation rights were granted in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2012. The total intrinsic value of awards converted to common stock was $26,837,000 for fiscal 2014, $18,046,000 for fiscal 2013 and $31,569,000 for fiscal 2012. Intrinsic value for conversions is based on the excess of the market value over the conversion price on the date of conversion.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes our restricted stock unit activity during fiscal 2014:

 

   Shares  

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Weighted Average

Contractual Term
Remaining (Years)

Intrinsic

Value 1

 

Balance at February 2, 2014

  3,079,651    $        40.11           

Granted

  965,217      63.18   

Released

  (1,548,779   35.12   

Cancelled

  (182,612   47.87           

Balance at February 1, 2015

  2,313,477    $ 52.47    2.52 $ 181,030,000   

Vested plus expected to vest at February 1, 2015

  1,571,376    $ 52.70    2.61 $ 122,960,000   

 

1   Intrinsic value for outstanding and unvested restricted stock units is based on the market value of our common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year (or $78.25).

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes additional information about restricted stock units:

 

   Fiscal 2014   Fiscal 2013   Fiscal 2012  

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of awards granted

$ 63.18    $ 53.59    $ 37.94   

Intrinsic value of awards released 1

$ 101,189,000    $ 24,568,000    $ 16,730,000   

 

1   Intrinsic value for releases is based on the market value on the date of release.

Tax Effect

We present tax benefits resulting from the settlement of stock-based awards as operating cash flows in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation cost recognized for stock-based awards settled are presented as a financing cash inflow and an operating cash outflow. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, net proceeds from the exercise of stock-based awards was $4,077,000, $6,614,000 and $14,637,000, respectively, and the current tax benefit related to stock-based awards totaled $52,798,000, $17,940,000 and $21,477,000, respectively.

Note I: Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 401(k) Plan and Other Employee Benefits

We have a defined contribution retirement plan, the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which is intended to be qualified under Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(a), 401(k), 401(m) and 4975(e)(7). The 401(k) Plan permits eligible employees to make salary deferral contributions up to 75% of their eligible compensation each pay period (7% for highly-compensated employees). Employees designate the funds in which their contributions are invested. Each participant may choose to have his or her salary deferral contributions and earnings thereon invested in one or more investment funds, including our company stock fund.

Our matching contribution is equal to 50% of each participant’s salary deferral contribution, taking into account only those contributions that do not exceed 6% of the participant’s eligible pay for the pay period. Each participant’s matching contribution is earned on a semi-annual basis with respect to eligible salary deferrals for those employees that are employed with the company on June 30th or December 31st of the year in which the deferrals are made. Each associate must complete one year of service prior to receiving company matching contributions. For the first five years of the participant’s employment, all matching contributions vest at the rate of 20% per year of service, measuring service from the participant’s hire date. Thereafter, all matching contributions vest immediately. Our contributions to the plan were $6,038,000, $5,538,000 and $5,517,000 in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

The 401(k) Plan consists of two parts: a profit sharing plan portion and a stock bonus plan/employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”). The ESOP portion is the portion that is invested in the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Stock Fund. The profit sharing and ESOP components of the 401(k) Plan are considered a single plan under Code section 414(l).

We also have a nonqualified executive deferred compensation plan that provides supplemental retirement income benefits for a select group of management. This plan permits eligible employees to make salary and bonus deferrals that are 100% vested. We have an unsecured obligation to pay in the future the value of the deferred compensation adjusted to reflect the performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment measurement options chosen by each participant during the deferral period. As of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, $14,446,000 and $15,190,000, respectively, is included in other long-term obligations related to these deferred compensation liabilities. Additionally, we have purchased life insurance policies on certain participants to potentially offset these unsecured obligations. The cash surrender value of these policies was $17,422,000 and $16,652,000 as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, respectively, and is included in other assets, net.

Note J: Commitments and Contingencies

We are involved in lawsuits, claims and proceedings incident to the ordinary course of our business. These disputes, which are not currently material, are increasing in number as our business expands and our company grows larger. We review the need for any loss contingency reserves and establish reserves when, in the opinion

 

53


Table of Contents

of management, it is probable that a matter would result in liability, and the amount of loss, if any, can be reasonably estimated. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of these matters, it may not be possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss until the case is close to resolution, in which case no reserve is established until that time. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. The results of these lawsuits, claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. However, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these current matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

Note K: Stock Repurchase Program and Dividends

During fiscal 2014, we repurchased 3,331,557 shares of our common stock at an average cost of $67.35 per share and a total cost of approximately $224,377,000 under our current $750,000,000 stock repurchase program. As of February 1, 2015, we held treasury stock of $2,140,000 which represents the cost of shares available for issuance in certain foreign jurisdictions as a result of future stock-based award settlements.

During fiscal 2013, we repurchased 4,344,962 shares of our common stock at an average cost of $55.07 per share and a total cost of approximately $239,274,000. During fiscal 2012, we repurchased 3,962,034 shares of our common stock at an average cost of $39.14 per share and a total cost of approximately $155,080,000.

Stock repurchases under this program may be made through open market and privately negotiated transactions at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, capital availability and other market conditions. This stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited or terminated at any time without prior notice.

Total cash dividends declared in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, were approximately $125,378,000, or $1.32 per common share, $121,688,000, or $1.24 per common share and $88,452,000, or $0.88 per common share, respectively. In March 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a 6% increase in our quarterly cash dividend, from $0.33 to $0.35 per common share, subject to capital availability. Our quarterly cash dividend may be limited or terminated at any time.

Note L: Segment Reporting

We have two reportable segments, e-commerce (formerly direct-to-customer) and retail. The e-commerce segment has the following merchandising strategies: Williams-Sonoma, Pottery Barn, Pottery Barn Kids, West Elm, PBteen, Williams-Sonoma Home, Rejuvenation and Mark and Graham, which sell our products through our e-commerce websites and direct-mail catalogs. Our e-commerce merchandising strategies are operating segments, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment, e-commerce. The retail segment has the following merchandising strategies: Williams-Sonoma, Pottery Barn, Pottery Barn Kids, West Elm and Rejuvenation, which sell our products through our retail stores. Our retail merchandising strategies are operating segments, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment, retail. Management’s expectation is that the overall economic characteristics of each of our operating segments will be similar over time based on management’s judgment that the operating segments have had similar historical economic characteristics and are expected to have similar long-term financial performance in the future.

These reportable segments are strategic business units that offer similar home-centered products. They are managed separately because the business units utilize two distinct distribution and marketing strategies. Based on management’s best estimate, our operating segments include allocations of certain expenses, including advertising and employment costs, to the extent they have been determined to benefit both channels. These operating segments are aggregated at the channel level for reporting purposes due to the fact that our brands are interdependent for economies of scale and we do not maintain fully allocated income statements at the brand level. As a result, material financial decisions related to the brands are made at the channel level. Furthermore, it is not practicable for us to report revenue by product group.

 

54


Table of Contents

We use operating income to evaluate segment profitability. Operating income is defined as earnings (loss) before net interest income or expense and income taxes. Unallocated costs before interest and income taxes include corporate employee-related costs, occupancy expenses (including depreciation expense), administrative costs and third party service costs, primarily in our corporate administrative and systems departments. Unallocated assets include corporate cash and cash equivalents, deferred income taxes, the net book value of corporate facilities and related information systems, and other corporate long-lived assets.

Income tax information by reportable segment has not been included as income taxes are calculated at a company-wide level and are not allocated to each reportable segment.

Segment Information

 

In thousands E-commerce   Retail   Unallocated   Total  

2014 (52 Weeks)

Net revenues 1

$   2,370,694    $   2,328,025    $ 0    $   4,698,719   

Depreciation and amortization expense

  32,116      80,154      50,003      162,273   

Operating income

  560,396      248,535      (306,666   502,265   

Assets 2

  600,503      1,028,293      701,481      2,330,277   

Capital expenditures

  41,633      97,247      65,920      204,800   

2013 (52 Weeks)

Net revenues 1

$ 2,115,022    $ 2,272,867    $ 0    $ 4,387,889   

Depreciation and amortization expense

  25,588      78,423      45,784      149,795   

Operating income

  502,143      248,894      (298,939   452,098   

Assets 2

  517,086      975,994      843,654      2,336,734   

Capital expenditures

  38,195      89,331      66,427      193,953   

2012 (53 Weeks)

Net revenues 1

$ 1,869,386    $ 2,173,484    $ 0    $ 4,042,870   

Depreciation and amortization expense

  23,164      72,994      38,295      134,453   

Operating income

  418,836      262,899      (272,572   409,163   

Assets 2

  397,285      939,672      850,722      2,187,679   

Capital expenditures

  30,585      86,776      88,043      205,404   

 

1 Includes net revenues of approximately $235.8 million, $215.5 million and $166.6 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, related to our foreign operations.
2 Includes long-term assets of approximately $58.3 million, $61.4 million and $42.6 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, related to our foreign operations.

Note M: Derivative Financial Instruments

We have retail and e-commerce businesses in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and operations throughout Asia and Europe, which expose us to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Substantially all of our purchases and sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, which limits our exposure to this risk. While the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations was not significant to us in fiscal 2014, we have continued to see volatility in the exchange rates in the countries in which we do business. As we continue to expand globally, the foreign currency exchange risk related to the transactions of our foreign subsidiaries may increase. To mitigate this risk, we hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposure with foreign currency forward contracts in accordance with our risk management policies. We do not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

The assets or liabilities associated with the derivative instruments are measured at fair value and recorded in either other current assets or other current liabilities. As discussed below, the accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative instrument is designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging .

 

55


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges for forecasted inventory purchases in U.S. dollars by our foreign subsidiaries. These hedges generally have terms of up to 12 months. All hedging relationships are formally documented, and the forward contracts are designed to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk on hedged transactions. We record the effective portion of changes in the fair value of our cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) until the earlier of when the hedged forecasted inventory purchase occurs or the respective contract reaches maturity. Subsequently, as the inventory is sold to the customer, we reclassify amounts previously recorded in OCI to cost of goods sold. Changes in the fair value of the forward contract related to interest charges or “forward points” are excluded from the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness and are recorded immediately in other income (expense), net. Based on the rates in effect as of February 1, 2015, we expect to reclassify a net gain of approximately $1,321,000 from OCI to cost of goods sold over the next 12 months.

We also enter into non-designated foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the exchange risk associated with our assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency. Any foreign exchange gains (losses) related to these contracts are recognized in other income (expense), net.

As of February 1, 2015, and February 2, 2014, we had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding (in U.S. dollars) as follows:

 

In thousands Feb. 1, 2015   Feb. 2, 2014  

Contracts to sell Canadian dollars and buy U.S. dollars

Contracts designated as cash flow hedges

$ 15,900    $ 16,500   

Contracts not designated as cash flow hedges 1

$ 0    $ 3,500   

Contracts to sell Australian dollars and buy U.S. dollars

Contracts not designated as cash flow hedges

$ 21,000    $ 5,500   

 

1 These contracts are no longer designated as cash flow hedges as the related inventory purchases have occurred.

Hedge effectiveness is evaluated prospectively at inception, on an ongoing basis, as well as retrospectively using regression analysis. Any measureable ineffectiveness of the hedge is recorded in other income (expense), net. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, no gain or loss was recognized for cash flow hedges due to hedge ineffectiveness. All hedges were deemed effective for assessment purposes as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014.

The effect of derivative instruments in our Consolidated Financial Statements, pre tax, was as follows:

 

In thousands Fiscal 2014
(52 Weeks)
  Fiscal 2013
(52 Weeks)
 

Net gain recognized in OCI

$ 1,153    $ 870   

Net gain reclassified from OCI into cost of goods sold

$ 573    $ 129   

Net foreign exchange gain (loss) recognized in other income (expense):

Instruments designated as cash flow hedges 1

$ (155 $ (109

Instruments not designated or de-designated 2

$ (1,795 $ 906   

 

1 Changes in fair value of the forward contract related to interest charges or “forward points.”
2 Changes in fair value subsequent to de-designation for instruments no longer designated as cash flow hedges, and changes in fair value related to instruments not designated as cash flow hedges.

 

56


Table of Contents

The fair values of our derivative financial instruments are presented below. All fair values were measured using Level 2 inputs as defined by the fair value hierarchy described in Note N.

 

In thousands Balance sheet location Feb. 1, 2015      Feb. 2, 2014  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Cash flow hedge foreign currency forward contracts

Other current assets $ 1,015    $ 485   

Cash flow hedge foreign currency forward contracts

Other current liabilities   (9     0   

Total, net

  $ 1,006      $ 485   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign currency forward contracts

Other current assets $ 427    $ 222   

Foreign currency forward contracts

Other current liabilities   0        (40

Total, net

  $ 427      $ 182   

We record all derivative assets and liabilities on a gross basis. They do not meet the balance sheet netting criteria as discussed in ASC 210, Balance Sheet , because we do not have master netting agreements established with our derivative counterparties that would allow for net settlement.

Amounts recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) associated with our derivative instruments, pre-tax, were as follows:

 

In thousands

Fiscal 2014

(52 Weeks)

  Fiscal 2013
(52 Weeks)
 

AOCI beginning balance amount of gain (loss)

$ 741    $ 0   

Amounts recognized in OCI before reclassifications

  1,153      870   

Amounts reclassified from OCI into cost of goods sold

  (573   (129

AOCI ending balance amount of gain (loss)

$       1,321    $      741   

Note N: Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

We determine the fair value of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities using the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement , which defines three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, as follows:

 

  Level 1: inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

  Level 2: inputs which include observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

 

  Level 3: inputs which include unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the underlying asset or liability.

The fair values of our cash and cash equivalents are based on Level 1 inputs, which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Foreign Currency Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

We use the income approach to value our derivatives using observable Level 2 market data at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount, assuming that participants are motivated but not compelled to transact. Level 2 inputs are limited to quoted prices that are

 

57


Table of Contents

observable for the assets and liabilities, which include interest rates and credit risk ratings. We use mid-market pricing as a practical expedient for fair value measurements. Key inputs for currency derivatives are the spot rates, forward rates, interest rates and credit derivative market rates.

The counterparties associated with our foreign currency forward contracts are large credit-worthy financial institutions, and the derivatives transacted with these entities are relatively short in duration, therefore, we do not consider counterparty concentration and non-performance to be material risks at this time. Both we and our counterparties are expected to perform under the contractual terms of the instruments. None of the derivative contracts entered into are subject to credit risk-related contingent features or collateral requirements.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories during fiscal 2014.

 

58


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2015. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

59


Table of Contents

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Francisco, California

April 2, 2015

 

60


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

In thousands, except per share amounts                                  

Fiscal 2014 (52 Weeks)

    

 

First

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Second

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Third

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Fourth

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Full

Year

  

  

Net revenues

     $974,330       $ 1,039,102       $ 1,143,162       $ 1,542,125       $ 4,698,719   

Gross profit

     368,408         382,098         431,407         618,591         1,800,504   

Operating income

     74,326         85,336         104,720         237,883         502,265   

Net earnings

     46,162         50,747         64,908         147,037         308,854   

Basic earnings per share 1

     $      0.49       $ 0.54       $ 0.70       $ 1.60       $ 3.30   

Diluted earnings per share 1

     $      0.48       $ 0.53       $ 0.68       $ 1.57       $ 3.24   

Fiscal 2013 (52 Weeks)

    

 

First

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Second

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Third

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Fourth

Quarter

  

  

    

 

Full

Year

  

  

Net revenues

     $887,808       $ 982,209       $ 1,051,548       $ 1,466,324       $ 4,387,889   

Gross profit

     334,185         368,924         405,388         595,719         1,704,216   

Operating income

     63,783         78,086         92,494         217,735         452,098   

Net earnings

     39,466         48,919         56,719         133,798         278,902   

Basic earnings per share 1

     $      0.40       $ 0.50       $ 0.59       $ 1.42       $ 2.89   

Diluted earnings per share 1

     $      0.40       $ 0.49       $ 0.58       $ 1.38       $ 2.82   

 

1   Due to differences between quarterly and full year weighted average share count calculations, and the effect of quarterly rounding to the nearest cent per share, full year earnings per share may not equal the sum of the quarters.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of February 1, 2015, an evaluation was performed by management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our management, including our CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow for timely discussions regarding required disclosures, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the company’s financial reporting. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of any internal control may vary over time.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2015. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based

 

61


Table of Contents

on our assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that, as of February 1, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Our independent registered public accounting firm audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Their audit report appears on pages 59 through 60 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

62


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to information under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Information Concerning Executive Officers,” “Audit and Finance Committee Report,” “Corporate Governance—Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics,” “Corporate Governance—Audit and Finance Committee” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to information under the headings “Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee,” “Corporate Governance—Director Compensation,” and “Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to information under the headings “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to information under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to information under the headings “Committee Reports–Audit and Finance Committee Report” and “Proposal 4—Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Deloitte Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement.

 

63


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements:

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and subsidiaries and the related notes are filed as part of this report pursuant to Item 7:

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2015, February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2015, February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2015 and February 2, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2015, February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2015, February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Quarterly Financial Information

 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules: Schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information, where material, is included in the financial statements, notes, or supplementary financial information.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index on pages 66 through 71.

 

(b) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index on pages 66 through 71.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules: Schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable.

 

64


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

      WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

Date: April 2, 2015

    By  

/s/     L AURA J. A LBER

        Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    A DRIAN D. P . B ELLAMY

   Adrian D.P. Bellamy
   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    L AURA J. A LBER

   Laura J. Alber
   Chief Executive Officer
   (principal executive officer)
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    J ULIE P. W HALEN

   Julie P. Whalen
   Chief Financial Officer
   (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    R OSE M ARIE B RAVO

   Rose Marie Bravo
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    P ATRICK J. C ONNOLLY

   Patrick J. Connolly
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    A DRIAN T. D ILLON

   Adrian T. Dillon
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    A NTHONY A. G REENER

   Anthony A. Greener
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    T ED W. H ALL

   Ted W. Hall
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    M ICHAEL R. L YNCH

   Michael R. Lynch
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    S ABRINA S IMMONS

   Sabrina Simmons
   Director
Date: April 2, 2015   

/s/    L ORRAINE T WOHILL

   Lorraine Twohill
   Director

 

65


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE

FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 1, 2015

 

EXHIBIT NUMBER    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on May 25, 2011, File No. 001-14077)
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on May 25, 2011, File No. 001-14077)
INSTRUMENTS DEFINING THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS, INCLUDING INDENTURES
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on May 25, 2011, File No. 001-14077)
FINANCING AGREEMENTS
10.1*    Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November 19, 2014, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, letter of credit issuer and swingline lender, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., MUFG Union Bank, NA and U.S. Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents, and the lenders party thereto
10.2    Reimbursement Agreement between the Company, Williams-Sonoma Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Bank of America, N.A., dated as of August 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended November 3, 2013 as filed with the Commission on December 12, 2013, File No. 001-14077)
10.3    First Amendment to Reimbursement Agreement between the Company, Williams-Sonoma Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Bank of America, N.A., dated as of August 29, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended November 2, 2014 as filed with the Commission on December 5, 1014, File No. 001-14077)
10.4    Reimbursement Agreement between the Company, Williams-Sonoma Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated as of August 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended November 3, 2013 as filed with the Commission on December 12, 2013, File No. 001-14077)
10.5    First Amendment to Reimbursement Agreement between the Company, Williams-Sonoma Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated as of August 29, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended November 2, 2014 as filed with the Commission on December 5, 2014, File No. 001-14077)
10.6    Reimbursement Agreement between the Company, Williams-Sonoma Singapore Pte. Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of August 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 3, 2013 as filed with the Commission on December 12, 2013, File No. 001-14077)

 

66


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT NUMBER    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
10.7    First Amendment to Reimbursement Agreement between the Company, Williams-Sonoma Singapore Pte. Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of August 29, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 2, 2014 as filed with the Commission on December 5, 2014, File No. 001-14077)
STOCK PLANS
10.8+    Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2000 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 as filed with the Commission on October 27, 2000, File No. 333-48750)
10.9+    Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit D to the Company’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule A as filed on April 7, 2011, File No. 001-14077)
10.10+    Forms of Notice of Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2000 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan and 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 2004 as filed with the Commission on December 10, 2004, File No. 001-14077)
10.11+    Form of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement for Director Grants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2008 as filed with the Commission on April 3, 2008, File No. 001-14077)
10.12+    Form of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement for Employee Grants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 22, 2010, File No. 001-14077)
10.13+    Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement for CEO Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2009 as filed with the Commission on April 2, 2009, File No. 001-14077)
10.14+    Form of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Grants to Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended May 4, 2014 as filed with the Commission on June 12, 2014, File No. 001-14077)
10.15+    Form of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Grants to Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended May 4, 2014 as filed with the Commission on June 12, 2014, File No. 001-14077)
10.16+    Form of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for Grants to Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014 as filed with the Commission on April 3, 2014, File No. 001-14077)

 

67


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT NUMBER EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
OTHER INCENTIVE PLANS
10.17+ Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2001 Incentive Bonus Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A as filed with the Commission on April 6, 2012, File No. 001-14077)
10.18+ Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Pre-2005 Executive Deferral Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2009 as filed with the Commission on April 2, 2009, File No. 001-14077)
 10.19+* Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
10.20+ Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 401(k) Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2002, except as otherwise noted, and including amendments effective through August 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2008 as filed with the Commission on April 3, 2008, File No. 001-14077)
10.21+ Amendment to the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 401(k) Plan dated November 6, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2009 as filed with the Commission on April 2, 2009, File No. 001-14077)
10.22+ January 2009 Amendment to the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 401(k) Plan dated January 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2009 as filed with the Commission on April 2, 2009, File No. 001-14077)
PROPERTIES
10.23 Warehouse – Distribution Facility lease dated July 1, 1983, between the Company as lessee and the Lester-McMahan Partnership as lessor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1983 as filed with the Commission on October 14, 1983, File No. 000-12704)
10.24 First Amendment, dated December 1, 1985, to the Warehouse – Distribution Facility lease dated July 1, 1983, between the Company as lessee and the Lester-McMahan Partnership as lessor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1986 as filed with the Commission on May 2, 1986, File No. 000-12704)
10.25 Second Amendment, dated December 1, 1993, to the Warehouse – Distribution Facility lease dated July 1, 1983 between the Company as lessee and the Lester-McMahan Partnership as lessor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on April 29, 1994, File No. 000-12704)
10.26 Sublease for the Distribution Facility at 4600 and 4650 Sonoma Cove, Memphis, Tennessee, dated as of August 1, 1990, by and between Hewson-Memphis Partners and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 28, 1990 as filed with the Commission on December 12, 1990, File No. 000-12704)

 

68


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT NUMBER    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
10.27    First Amendment, dated December 22, 1993, to Sublease for the Distribution Facility at 4600 and 4650 Sonoma Cove, Memphis, Tennessee between the Company and Hewson-Memphis Partners, dated as of August 1, 1990 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2001 as filed with the Commission on April 26, 2001, File No. 001-14077)
10.28    Second Amendment, dated September 1, 1994, to Sublease for the Distribution Facility at 4600 and 4650 Sonoma Cove, Memphis, Tennessee, dated as of August 1, 1990 between the Company and Hewson-Memphis Partners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on December 13, 1994, File No. 000-12704)
10.29    Third Amendment, dated October 24, 1995, to Sublease for the Distribution Facility at 4600 and 4650 Sonoma Cove, Memphis, Tennessee, dated as of August 1, 1990 between the Company and Hewson-Memphis Partners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2E to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 29, 1995 as filed with the Commission on December 13, 1995, File No. 000-12704)
10.30    Fourth Amendment, dated February 1, 1996, to Sublease for the Distribution Facility at 4600 and 4650 Sonoma Cove, Memphis, Tennessee, dated as of August 1, 1990 between the Company and Hewson-Memphis Partners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2001 as filed with the Commission on April 26, 2001, File No. 001-14077)
10.31    Fifth Amendment to Sublease, dated March 1, 1999, incorrectly titled Fourth Amendment to Sublease for the Distribution Facility at 4600 and 4650 Sonoma Cove, Memphis, Tennessee, dated as of August 1, 1990 between the Company and Hewson-Memphis Partners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2002 as filed with the Commission on April 29, 2002, File No. 001-14077)
10.32    Memorandum of Understanding between the Company and the State of Mississippi, Mississippi Business Finance Corporation, Desoto County, Mississippi, the City of Olive Branch, Mississippi and Hewson Properties, Inc., dated August 24, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended August 2, 1998 as filed with the Commission on September 14, 1998, File No. 001-14077)
10.33    Olive Branch Distribution Facility Lease, dated December 1, 1998, between the Company as lessee and WSDC, LLC (the successor-in-interest to Hewson/Desoto Phase I, L.L.C.) as lessor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3D to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 as filed with the Commission on April 30, 1999, File No. 001-14077)
10.34    First Amendment, dated September 1, 1999, to the Olive Branch Distribution Facility Lease between the Company as lessee and WSDC, LLC (the successor-in-interest to Hewson/Desoto Phase I, L.L.C.) as lessor, dated December 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3B to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2000 as filed with the Commission on May 1, 2000, File No. 001-14077)

 

69


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT NUMBER EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
10.35 Lease for an additional Company distribution facility located in Olive Branch, Mississippi between Williams-Sonoma Retail Services, Inc. as lessee and SPI WS II, LLC (the successor-in-interest to Hewson/Desoto Partners, L.L.C.) as lessor, dated November 15, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2000 as filed with the Commission on May 1, 2000, File No. 001-14077)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
10.36+ Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Laura Alber, dated September 6, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 28, 2012 as filed with the Commission December 7, 2012, File No. 001-14077)
10.37+ Amended and Restated Management Retention Agreement with Laura Alber, dated September 6, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 28, 2012 as filed with the Commission December 7, 2012, File No. 001-14077)
10.38+ Form of Management Retention Agreement for Executive Vice Presidents and Brand Presidents, approved May 25, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on June 1, 2010, File No. 001-14077)
10.39+ Form of Management Retention Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents, approved May 25, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011 as filed with the Commission on March 31, 2011, File No. 001-14077)
10.40+ 2012 EVP Level Management Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 as filed with the Commission on April 4, 2013, File No. 001-14077)
10.41+ Separation Agreement and General Release with Richard Harvey dated May 3, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended May 5, 2013 as filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013, File No. 001-14077)
10.42+ Employment Agreement with Janet Hayes, dated August 9, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014 as filed with the Commission on April 3, 2014, File No. 001-14077)
OTHER AGREEMENTS
10.43+ Form of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2011 as filed with the Commission on September 9, 2011, File No. 001-14077)
OTHER EXHIBITS
21.1* Subsidiaries
23.1* Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

70


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT NUMBER EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
CERTIFICATIONS
31.1* Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended
31.2* Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended
32.1* Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2* Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
XBRL
101.INS* XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Filed herewith.

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

71

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

DEAL PUBLISHED CUSIP: 96949FAE8

REVOLVER PUBLISHED CUSIP: 96949FAF5

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.,

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender,

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Syndication Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

MUFG UNION BANK, NA

and

U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Co-Documentation Agents,

and

the Lenders party hereto,

dated as of

November 19, 2014

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1A DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1   

Section 1.A.1

   Assignments and Allocations; Amendment and Restatement.      1   

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     3   

Section 1.1

   Definitions.      3   

Section 1.2

   Other Interpretive Provisions.      23   

Section 1.3

   Accounting Terms and Determinations.      24   

Section 1.4

   Time of Day.      25   

Section 1.5

   Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.      25   

Section 1.6

   Additional Alternative Currencies.      25   

Section 1.7

   Change of Currency.      26   

Section 1.8

   Letter of Credit Amounts.      26   

Section 1.9

   Covenant Acquisition Adjustments.      26   

ARTICLE 2 CREDIT FACILITY

     27   

Section 2.1

   Commitments; Loans.      27   

Section 2.2

   Notes.      28   

Section 2.3

   Repayment of Loans.      28   

Section 2.4

   Use of Proceeds.      28   

Section 2.5

   Termination or Reduction of Commitments.      29   

Section 2.6

   Increase of Commitments.      29   

ARTICLE 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT

     30   

Section 3.1

   The Letter of Credit Commitment.      30   

Section 3.2

   Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.      32   

Section 3.3

   Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.      33   

Section 3.4

   Repayment of Participations.      35   

Section 3.5

   Obligations Absolute.      35   

Section 3.6

   Role of L/C Issuer.      36   

Section 3.7

   [Reserved].      37   

Section 3.8

   Applicability of ISP and UCP.      37   

Section 3.9

   Letter of Credit Fees.      37   

Section 3.10

   Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer.      38   

Section 3.11

   Conflict with Issuer Documents.      38   

Section 3.12

   Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.      38   

Section 3.13

   Monthly Reports.      38   

ARTICLE 4 INTEREST AND FEES

     38   

Section 4.1

   Interest Rate.      38   

Section 4.2

   Determinations of Margins and Facility Fee Rate.      39   

Section 4.3

   Payment Dates.      40   

Section 4.4

   Default Interest.      40   

Section 4.5

   Conversions and Continuations of Loans.      40   

Section 4.6

   Facility Fee.      40   

Section 4.7

   Administrative Fee.      40   

 

i


Section 4.8

   [Reserved].      40   

Section 4.9

   Computations; Retroactive Adjustment of Applicable Rate.      41   

ARTICLE 5 ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

     41   

Section 5.1

   Borrowing Procedure.      41   

Section 5.2

   Minimum Amounts.      42   

Section 5.3

   Certain Notices.      42   

Section 5.4

   Prepayments.      44   

Section 5.5

   Method of Payment.      44   

Section 5.6

   Pro Rata Treatment.      45   

Section 5.7

   Sharing of Payments.      45   

Section 5.8

   Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent.      46   

Section 5.9

   Cash Collateral.      47   

Section 5.10

   Defaulting Lenders.      48   

ARTICLE 6 CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES

     50   

Section 6.1

   Increased Cost and Reduced Return.      50   

Section 6.2

   Limitation on Libor Loans.      51   

Section 6.3

   Illegality.      52   

Section 6.4

   Treatment of Affected Loans.      52   

Section 6.5

   Compensation.      53   

Section 6.6

   Taxes.      54   

ARTICLE 7 GUARANTIES

     55   

Section 7.1

   Guaranties.      55   

Section 7.2

   New Guarantors.      55   

ARTICLE 8 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     56   

Section 8.1

   Conditions to Effectiveness.      56   

Section 8.2

   All Advances.      57   

ARTICLE 9 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     58   

Section 9.1

   Existence, Power and Authority.      58   

Section 9.2

   Financial Condition.      59   

Section 9.3

   Corporate and Similar Action; No Breach.      59   

Section 9.4

   Operation of Business.      59   

Section 9.5

   Litigation and Judgments.      60   

Section 9.6

   Rights in Properties; Liens.      60   

Section 9.7

   Enforceability.      60   

Section 9.8

   Approvals.      60   

Section 9.9

   Debt.      60   

Section 9.10

   Taxes.      60   

Section 9.11

   Margin Securities.      61   

Section 9.12

   ERISA.      61   

Section 9.13

   Disclosure.      61   

Section 9.14

   Subsidiaries; Capitalization.      61   

Section 9.15

   Material Agreements.      62   

Section 9.16

   Compliance with Laws.      62   

Section 9.17

   Investment Company Act.      62   

Section 9.18

   OFAC/Anti-Corruption Laws.      62   

Section 9.19

   Environmental Matters.      62   

 

ii


Section 9.20

   [Reserved].      63   

Section 9.21

   Employee Matters.      63   

Section 9.22

   Solvency.      64   

ARTICLE 10 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     64   

Section 10.1

   Reporting Requirements.      64   

Section 10.2

   Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business.      66   

Section 10.3

   Maintenance of Properties.      66   

Section 10.4

   Taxes and Claims.      66   

Section 10.5

   Insurance.      67   

Section 10.6

   Inspection Rights.      67   

Section 10.7

   Keeping Books and Records.      67   

Section 10.8

   Compliance with Laws.      67   

Section 10.9

   Compliance with Agreements.      67   

Section 10.10

   Further Assurances.      68   

Section 10.11

   ERISA.      68   

ARTICLE 11 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     68   

Section 11.1

   Debt.      68   

Section 11.2

   Limitation on Liens and Restrictions on Subsidiaries.      70   

Section 11.3

   Mergers, Etc.      71   

Section 11.4

   [Reserved].      71   

Section 11.5

   Investments.      71   

Section 11.6

   Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries.      73   

Section 11.7

   Transactions with Affiliates.      73   

Section 11.8

   Disposition of Assets.      74   

Section 11.9

   Lines of Business.      74   

Section 11.10

   Limitations on Restrictions Affecting the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.      74   

Section 11.11

   Environmental Protection.      75   

Section 11.12

   ERISA.      75   

Section 11.13

   Sanctions.      75   

ARTICLE 12 FINANCIAL COVENANT

     76   

ARTICLE 13 DEFAULT

     76   

Section 13.1

   Events of Default.      76   

Section 13.2

   Remedies; Application of Funds.      78   

Section 13.3

   Performance by the Agent.      80   

Section 13.4

   Set-off.      80   

Section 13.5

   Continuance of Default.      80   

ARTICLE 14 THE AGENT

     80   

Section 14.1

   Appointment and Authority.      80   

Section 14.2

   Rights as a Lender.      81   

Section 14.3

   Exculpatory Provisions.      81   

Section 14.4

   Reliance by Agent.      82   

Section 14.5

   Delegation of Duties.      82   

Section 14.6

   Resignation of Agent.      82   

Section 14.7

   Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.      83   

Section 14.8

   Agent May File Proofs of Claim.      83   

 

iii


Section 14.9

   Guaranty Matters.      84   

Section 14.10

   No Other Duties, Etc.      84   

ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS

     84   

Section 15.1

   Attorney Costs, Expenses and Documentary Taxes.      84   

Section 15.2

   Indemnification; Damage Waiver.      85   

Section 15.3

   No Duty.      86   

Section 15.4

   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.      86   

Section 15.5

   Equitable Relief.      87   

Section 15.6

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.      87   

Section 15.7

   Successors and Assigns.      87   

Section 15.8

   Survival.      91   

Section 15.9

   Entire Agreement.      92   

Section 15.10

   Amendments and Waivers.      92   

Section 15.11

   Maximum Interest Rate.      93   

Section 15.12

   Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.      93   

Section 15.13

   Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process.      95   

Section 15.14

   Counterparts.      96   

Section 15.15

   Severability.      96   

Section 15.16

   Headings.      96   

Section 15.17

   Construction.      96   

Section 15.18

   Independence of Covenants.      96   

Section 15.19

   Waiver of Jury Trial.      96   

Section 15.20

   Confidentiality.      97   

Section 15.21

   Foreign Lenders.      98   

Section 15.22

   Amendment and Restatement.      99   

Section 15.23

   USA PATRIOT Act Notice.      99   

Section 15.24

   Judgment Currency.      99   

Section 15.25

   Replacement of Lenders.      100   

Section 15.26

   Payments Set Aside.      100   

Section 15.27

   Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.      101   

Section 15.28

   Release of Guarantors.      101   

Section 15.29

   Termination of Agreement.      101   

Section 15.30

   Keepwell.      102   

Section 15.31

   California Judicial Reference.      102   

 

iv


   INDEX TO EXHIBITS   

EXHIBIT A

   Form of Revolving Note   

EXHIBIT B

   Form of Swingline Note   

EXHIBIT C

   Form of Assignment and Acceptance   

EXHIBIT D

   Form of Compliance Certificate   

EXHIBIT E

   Form of Subsidiary Guaranty   

EXHIBIT F

   Form of Notice of Borrowings, Conversions, Continuations or Prepayments   

EXHIBIT G

   Form of Joinder Agreement   
   INDEX TO SCHEDULES   

Schedule 1.1A

   Existing Letters of Credit   

Schedule 2.1

   Commitments and Commitment Percentages   

Schedule 15.12

   Addresses for Notices   

 

v


SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 19, 2014, is among WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Borrower ”), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is (or which may from time to time become) a party hereto or any successor or assignee thereof pursuant to Section 15.7(b) (individually, a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in its capacity as administrative agent, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and as L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender.

R E C I T A L S :

A.    The Borrower, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), are parties to that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2010 (the “ Existing Agreement ”), pursuant to which such lenders originally provided for credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000.

B.    The Borrower has requested that the Existing Agreement be amended and restated in order to, among other things, (a) extend the maturity date of the credit facilities, and (b) make certain other amendments to the Existing Agreement (collectively, the “ Amendment and Restatement ”).

C.    The parties hereto are willing to amend and restate the Existing Agreement and to make and continue to make certain revolving credit, letter of credit and swingline facilities available to the Borrower upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1A

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Section 1.A.1     Assignments and Allocations; Amendment and Restatement .

(a)    As of the Closing Date (immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement), (i) the aggregate amount of the Commitments (as defined in the Existing Agreement) is $300,000,000, (ii) there are Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $60,000,000 outstanding under the Existing Agreement, (iii) there are no Swingline Advances (as defined in the Existing Agreement) outstanding under the Existing Agreement, and (iv) there are $17,440,000 of outstanding Letters of Credit (as defined in the Existing Agreement).

(b)    Simultaneously with the Closing Date, the parties hereby agree that (i) the Commitment of each of the Lenders shall be as set forth in Schedule 2.1 , and the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans under the Existing Agreement (without giving effect to any further borrowings of Revolving Loans under this Agreement on the Closing Date shall be reallocated in accordance with such Commitments, and the requisite assignments shall be deemed to be made in such amounts among the Lenders and from each Lender to each other Lender (and, if necessary, to Lenders from existing lenders under the Existing Agreement who elect not to


become Lenders under this Agreement or who reduce their commitments in connection with this Agreement), with the same force and effect as if such assignments were evidenced by applicable Assignments and Acceptances (as defined in the Existing Agreement) under the Existing Agreement, but without the payment of any related assignment fee, (ii) the ability to borrow Swingline Advances (as defined under the Existing Agreement) shall continue on the terms and conditions as the Swingline Loans to be made hereunder, with the maximum amount of such Swingline Loans as set forth herein, and outstanding Swingline Advances (as defined in the Existing Agreement), if any, shall continue as and be deemed to be outstanding Swingline Loans hereunder, and (iv) each Letter of Credit (as defined in the Existing Agreement) issued under the Existing Agreement shall continue as a Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Existing Agreement or in this Agreement, no other documents or instruments, including any Assignment and Acceptance, shall be, or shall be required to be, executed in connection with the assignments set forth in Section 1.A(b) above (all of which requirements are hereby waived), and such assignments shall be deemed to be made with all applicable representations, warranties and covenants as if evidenced by an Assignment and Acceptance. On the Closing Date, the applicable Lenders shall make full cash settlement with one another, and with any lender under the Existing Agreement that may not be a Lender under this Agreement, either directly or through the Agent, as the Agent may direct or approve, with respect to all assignments, reallocations and other changes in Commitments, such that after giving effect to such settlements the Commitment of each Lender shall be as set forth on Schedule 2.1 .

(d)    The Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Agreement that in any manner govern or evidence the Obligations, the rights and interests of the Agent and the Lenders, in any of their respective capacities, and any terms, conditions or matters related to any thereof, shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, and the terms and provisions of the Existing Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be superseded by this Agreement.

(e)    Notwithstanding this Amendment and Restatement, including anything in this Section 1A , and certain of the related “Loan Documents” as defined in the Existing Agreement (the “ Prior Loan Documents ”), (i) all of the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations owing by the Borrower under the Existing Agreement and other Prior Loan Documents shall continue as Obligations hereunder, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by the terms of this Agreement, (ii) each of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents is given as a substitution or supplement of, as the case may be, and not as a payment of, the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower under the Existing Agreement or any Prior Loan Document and is not intended to constitute a novation thereof, and (iii) certain of the Prior Loan Documents will remain in full force and effect, as set forth in this Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, and following the payment of the Revolving Loan under the Existing Agreement, all Loans owing by the Borrower and outstanding under the Existing Agreement shall continue as Loans hereunder subject to the terms hereof. Base Rate Balances under (and as defined in) the Existing Agreement shall continue to accrue interest at the Base Rate hereunder and the parties hereto agree that the Interest Periods for all Libor Balances outstanding under (and as defined in) the Existing Agreement on the Closing Date shall be terminated and shall, along with amounts to be advanced hereunder on the Closing Date, be Libor Loans or Base Rate Loans under this Agreement for the applicable Interest Periods, as elected by the Borrower in the manner provided in Section 5.3 . The Borrower agrees that it will pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 6.5 (or the similar provision of the Existing Agreement) in connection with termination of Interest Periods and the allocation of such Balances

 

2


pursuant to this Section 1A as if such Loans were being prepaid or converted prior to the end of an Interest Period, as applicable.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1     Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Affected Libor Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.5 .

Affected Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.4 .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person: (a) that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person; (b) that directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10.0%) or more of any class of Capital Stock of such Person; or (c) ten percent (10.0%) or more of the Capital Stock of which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or held by the Person in question. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Capital Stock, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , in no event shall the Agent or any Lender be deemed an Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Agent ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agent (including any successor administrative agent), each of the Agent’s Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America in its capacity as the Agent, the Arrangers) and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof.

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all of the Lenders. As of the Closing Date, the Aggregate Commitments are five hundred million US Dollars ($500,000,000).

Alternative Currency ” means each of Euro, Sterling, Yen and each other currency (other than US Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.6 .

Alternative Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in US Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with US Dollars.

 

3


Alternative Currency Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments and $75,000,000. The Alternative Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

Applicable Lending Office ” means, with respect to any currency, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender or domestic or foreign branch of such Lender or Affiliate) designated for such Type of Loan in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire (or, with respect to a Lender that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to an assignment made in accordance with Section 15.7(b) , in the Assignment and Acceptance executed by it) with respect to such currency or such other office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) with respect to such currency as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Agent and the Borrower by written notice in accordance with the terms hereof as the office by which advances of such Type of Loan are to be made and maintained.

Applicable Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1 .

Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in its capacity as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner.

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 15.7(b)(iii) ), and accepted by the Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the Agent.

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and the allocated cost of internal legal services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors and assigns.

Bankruptcy Code ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1(e) .

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus one-half of one percent (0.50%), (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Libor Base Rate plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

4


Base Rate Loan ” means any Loan that bears interest at a rate based upon the Base Rate. All Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in US Dollars.

Base Rate Margin ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2 .

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s Applicable Lending Office with respect to Obligations denominated in US Dollars is located and:

(a)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Libor Loan denominated in US Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in US Dollars in respect of any such Libor Loan, or any other dealings in US Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Libor Loan, means any London Banking Day;

(b)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Libor Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Libor Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Libor Loan, means a TARGET Day;

(c)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Libor Loan denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and

(d)    if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than US Dollars or Euro in respect of a Libor Loan denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than US Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Libor Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or personal Property, which obligations are classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such Capital Lease Obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means corporate stock and any and all shares, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, membership interests, equity interests, participations, rights, securities or other equivalent evidences (however designated) of ownership or any options, warrants, voting trust certificates or other instruments evidencing an ownership interest or a right to acquire an ownership interest in a Person (however designated) issued by any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other type of entity), provided, that in no event shall the term “Capital Stock” include debt securities.

Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of Lenders

 

5


to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Agent and the L/C Issuer benefitting from such collateral shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Agent and (b) the L/C Issuer. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person, an event or series of events by which: (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its Subsidiaries, or any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary, or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a Person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50.0%) or more of the Voting Stock of such Person; or (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of such Person cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) preceding constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) and clause (ii) preceding constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body.

Closing Date ” means November 19, 2014.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commercial Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit that is drawable upon presentation of a sight draft and other documents evidencing the sale or shipment of goods purchased by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to (a) make Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the US Dollar amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.1 (or if applicable, the most recent Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Lender) under the heading “Commitment,” as the same may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 2.5 or Section 13.2 or increased pursuant to Section 2.6 .

Commitment Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time; provided that if the commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 13.2 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Commitment Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Commitment Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance or other documentation pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable. The Commitment Percentages shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.10 .

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ).

 

6


Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit D , properly completed and executed by the chief financial officer or Treasurer of the Borrower.

Continue, ” “ Continuation ” and “ Continued ” shall refer to the continuation pursuant to Section 4.5 , from one Interest Period to the next Interest Period of a Libor Loan as a Libor Loan.

Convert, ” “ Conversion ” and “ Converted ” shall refer to a conversion pursuant to Section 4.5 or Article 6 of Revolving Loans of one Type into Revolving Loans of the other Type.

Debt ” means, with respect to any Person at any time (without duplication): (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable of such Person arising in the ordinary course of business that are not past due by more than ninety (90) days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP; (d) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (e) Guarantees by such Person of indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the kinds described in clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , (f) , (g) , (k)  and (l)  of this definition; (f) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the types described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e)  secured by a Lien existing on Property owned by such Person, whether or not the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are non-recourse to such Person; provided , however , that the amount of such Debt of any Person described in this clause (f) shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Debt or (ii) the fair market value of the Property encumbered, as determined by the Agent in its discretion; (g) all reimbursement obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, surety or other bonds and similar instruments; (h) [Reserved]; (i) all vested obligations of such Person for the payment of money under any earn-out or similar arrangements providing for the deferred payment of the purchase price for any property to the extent that any such obligations are, according to GAAP, reflected as a capitalized liability on a balance sheet of such Person; (j) [Reserved]; (k) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreement (valued at the net amount of obligations thereunder); and (1) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP. The Debt of any Person shall include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, but only to the extent to which there is recourse to such Person for payment of such Debt.

Default ” means an Event of Default or the occurrence of an event or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means, in respect of any principal of any Loan or any other amount payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document, a rate per annum equal to the sum of two percent (2.00%), plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time ( provided that for amounts outstanding as Libor Loans, the “Default Rate” for such principal shall be two percent (2.00%), plus the Applicable Rate for Libor Loans for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period as provided in Section 4.1 , and, thereafter, the rate provided for above in this definition).

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 5.10(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been

 

7


satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower or Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Capital Stock in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 5.10(b) ) as of the date established therefor by the Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Agent to the Borrower and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the Closing Date, delivered by the Borrower to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States, other than any such Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of stock of one or more Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

EBITDAR ” means, for any period, the total of the following calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, on a consolidated basis for such period:

(a)    Net Income; plus

(b)    any provision for (or less any benefit from) income or franchise taxes to the extent included in the determination of Net Income; plus

(c)    Interest Expense to the extent included in the determination of Net Income; plus

 

8


(d)    amortization and depreciation expense to the extent included in the determination of Net Income; plus

(e)    expenses resulting from any non-cash compensation charges arising from any grant of stock, stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, or other equity based compensation, provided that such expenses are and will be non-cash items in the period when taken and in all later fiscal periods to the extent included in the determination of Net Income; plus

(f)    other non cash, non recurring charges to the extent included in the determination of Net Income (including by way of example, but not limited to, asset write-offs associated with store or facility closings, asset impairments associated with underperforming stores, asset write-offs associated with real Property dispositions, and asset write-offs associated with obsolete or underperforming information technology assets); plus

(g)    all lease and rent expense for any real Property to the extent included in the determination of Net Income, plus

(h)    non-recurring cash expenses relating to store closings, other discontinued operations or infrastructure downsizing (including by way of example, but not limited to, store closings, call center closings, distribution center closings and severance packages) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 for any four consecutive Fiscal Quarters (and not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement), to the extent included in the determination of Net Income, minus

(i)    other non recurring gains to the extent included in the determination of Net Income.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 15.7(b)(iii) and (v)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 15.7(b)(iii) ).

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state and local laws, regulations and requirements regulating health, safety or the environment.

Environmental Liabilities ” means, as to any Person, all indebtedness, liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, expert and consulting fees and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability or criminal or civil statute, including any Environmental Law, Permit, order or agreement with any Governmental Authority or other Person, arising from environmental, health or safety conditions or the Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Material into the environment.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any corporation or trade or business which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or is under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

9


Euro ” and “ ” mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage ” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Libor Rate for each outstanding Libor Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant under a Loan Document by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act (or the application or official interpretation thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to Section 15.30 and any comparable provision of the applicable Guaranty and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor, or grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a “master agreement” governing more than one Hedge Agreement, such exclusion shall apply to only the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Hedge Agreements for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Existing Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Agreement.

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit issued by Bank of America and listed on Schedule 1.1A hereto.

Facility Fee Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2 .

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any applicable intergovernmental agreements.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Agent.

Fee Letter ” means the certain letter agreement dated as of October 29, 2014 among the Borrower, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Bank of America.

 

10


Fiscal Period ” means one of the three fiscal periods in a Fiscal Quarter each of which is approximately one calendar month in duration. There are twelve (12) Fiscal Periods in a Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Quarters ” means one of four thirteen (13) week or, if applicable, fourteen (14) week quarters in a Fiscal Year, with the first of such quarters beginning on the first day of a Fiscal Year and ending on the Sunday of the thirteenth (or fourteenth, if applicable) week in such quarter.

Fiscal Year ” means the Borrower’s fiscal year for financial accounting purposes beginning on the Monday following the Sunday nearest January 31 of each year and ending on the Sunday nearest January 31 of the following year. The current (as of the date hereof) Fiscal Year of the Borrower will end on February 1, 2015.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funded Debt ” means, with respect to any Person (the “subject Person”) at any time (without duplication): (a) Debt described in clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , (d) , (f)  and (g)  of the definition of Debt, other than Debt consisting of Undrawn Letters of Credit, and (b) Guarantees by the subject Person of Funded Debt (as described in clause (a) preceding) of any other Person.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a “consistent basis” (as such phrase is interpreted in accordance with Section 1.3 ), as set forth in Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or their respective successors and which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any federal, state, county, municipal, parish, provincial, township or other political subdivision thereof, and any department, commission, board, court, agency or other instrumentality or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means any indebtedness, liability or obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person or indemnifying such other Person for any Debt and, without limiting the generality of the

 

11


foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner to the obligee of such Debt the payment thereof or to protect the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (y) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or (z) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee shall be such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as mutually determined by the Borrower and the Agent in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means any Person who is or becomes a party to any Guaranty of the Obligations or any part thereof, including each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower who is a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to the terms of Article 7 .

Guaranty ” means the Subsidiary Guaranty or any other guaranty agreement executed and delivered by a Person in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and any and all amendments, restatements or other modifications thereof, and “ Guaranties ” means all of such agreements, collectively.

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, product, waste, pollutant, chemical, contaminant, insecticide, pesticide, constituent or material which is or becomes listed, regulated or addressed under any Environmental Law as a result of its hazardous or toxic nature.

Hedge Agreement ” means any agreement, device or arrangement designed to protect a Person from the fluctuations of interest rates, exchange rates or forward rates applicable to its assets, liabilities or exchange transactions, including, but not limited to, dollar-denominated or cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange agreements, interest rate cap, swap or collar protection agreements, forward rate currency or interest rate options and commodity hedging, as the same may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time, and any cancellation, buy-back, reversal, termination or assignment of any of the foregoing.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.2 .

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.2 .

Intellectual Property ” means any U.S. or foreign patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, service marks, brand names, logos and other trade designations (including unregistered names and marks), trademark and service mark registrations and applications, copyrights and copyright registrations and applications, inventions, invention disclosures, protected formulae, formulations, processes, methods, trade secrets, computer software, computer programs and source codes, manufacturing research and similar technical information, engineering know-how, customer and supplier information, assembly and test data drawings or royalty rights.

 

12


Interest Expense ” means, for any period and for any Person, the sum of (a) interest expense of such Person calculated without duplication on a consolidated basis for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) interest expenses paid under Hedge Agreements during such period minus (c) interest payments received under Hedge Agreements during such period.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Libor Loan, the period commencing on the date such Loan is disbursed or Converted to or Continued as a Libor Loan and ending on the date one week or one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing, Conversion or Continuation; provided that:

(a)    any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b)    any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c)    no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date;

(d)    no more than ten (10) Interest Periods shall be in effect at the same time; and

(e)    no Interest Period for any Libor Loan shall have a duration of less than one (1) week and, if the Interest Period would otherwise be a shorter period, the related Libor Loan shall not be available hereunder.

Investments ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.5 .

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement to be executed by a Person pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 , in substantially the form of Exhibit G .

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Commitment Percentage. All L/C Advances shall be denominated in US Dollars.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a borrowing of Revolving Loans. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in US Dollars.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

 

13


L/C Issuer ” means (a) Bank of America, (b) Wells Fargo, or (c) any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. In the event there is more than one L/C Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the L/C Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all L/C Issuers, as the context requires.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the US Dollar Equivalent of aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all outstanding L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.8 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement and, unless the context requires otherwise, includes the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit. A Letter of Credit may be a Standby Letter of Credit or a Commercial Letter of Credit. Letters of Credit may be issued in US Dollars or in an Alternative Currency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a letter of credit (other than the Existing Letters of Credit) issued by an L/C Issuer other than Bank of America shall not be a “Letter of Credit” for purposes of the Loan Documents until such time as the Agent has been notified in writing of the issuance thereof by the applicable L/C Issuer and has confirmed with such L/C Issuer that there exists adequate availability under the Aggregate Commitments to issue such letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in such form as shall at any time be in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $150,000,000; provided, however, that with respect to (i) Bank of America, in its capacity as an L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be $75,000,000 and (ii) Wells Fargo, in its capacity as an L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be $75,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any period end and determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the ratio of (a) Total Adjusted Funded Debt to (b) EBITDAR.

Libor Base Rate ” means

(a)    with respect to any Credit Extension:

(i)    denominated in a Libor Quoted Currency, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ Libor ”) or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; or

 

14


(ii)    denominated in any Non-Libor Quoted Currency, the rate per annum as designated with respect to such Alternative Currency at the time such Alternative Currency is approved by the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 1.6 ; and

(b)    for any rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to Libor, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Agent and (ii) if the Libor Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Libor Loan ” means any Revolving Loan that bears interest at a rate based upon clause (a) of the definition of Libor Base Rate. Libor Loans may be denominated in US Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.

Libor Quoted Currency ” means each of the following currencies: US Dollars, Euro, Sterling, and Yen, in each case as long as there is a published Libor rate with respect thereto.

Libor Rate ” means for any Interest Period with respect to any Libor Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Agent to be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the Libor Base Rate for such Libor Loan for such Interest Period by (b) one minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage for such Libor Loan for such Interest Period.

Libor Rate Margin ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2 .

Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, security interest, tax lien, pledge, charge, hypothecation, assignment, preference, priority or other encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or title retention agreement), whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise.

Loan ” means a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guaranty, each Issuer Document, the Disclosure Letter, any Joinder Agreement, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.9 , the Fee Letter, and any and all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions or restatements thereof.

Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and the Guarantors, and “ Loan Party ” means any one of them.

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in US Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Margin Adjustment Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2 .

Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse effect, or the occurrence of any event or the existence of any condition that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, on (a) the business or financial condition, prospects, performance or operations of the Borrower individually or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower

 

15


individually or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to pay and perform the obligations for which it or they, as applicable, are responsible when due or (c) the validity or enforceability of (i) any of the Loan Documents or (ii) the rights and remedies of the Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

Maturity Date ” means November 19, 2019; provided , however , if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.11 .

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate at any time within the six (6) year period preceding the date hereof or hereafter and which is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

Net Income ” means, for any period and any Person, such Person’s consolidated net income (or loss) determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding the income of any other Person (other than Subsidiaries) in which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person has an ownership interest, unless received by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person in a cash distribution.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Libor Quoted Currency ” means any currency other than a Libor Quoted Currency.

Notes ” means the Revolving Notes and the Swingline Note.

Obligations ” means any and all (a) obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders, or any of them, arising pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or any Letter of Credit, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several or joint and several, including the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans, interest on the Loans and all fees, costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) provided for in the Loan Documents, (b) indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower under any Hedge Agreement that the Borrower may enter into with the Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates if and to the extent that such Hedge Agreement is permitted in accordance with Section 11.1(i) ( provided , however , that the “Obligations” of a Loan Party shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Loan Party) and (c) obligations under any Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and the Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates.

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Offering Memorandum ” means the confidential offering memorandum distributed to the Lenders on or about October 29, 2014, prepared and distributed by the Arrangers with respect to the syndication of the Commitments and the Loans evidenced by this Agreement.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.6(b) .

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to any Revolving Loans on any date, the US Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; (ii) with respect to Swingline Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding

 

16


principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Swingline Loans occurring on such date; and (iii) with respect to L/C Obligations on any date, the US Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other change in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursement of any outstanding unpaid drawing under any Letter of Credit or any reduction in the maximum amount available for drawing under any Letter of Credit taking effect on such date.

Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in US Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.7(d) .

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.

Permit ” means any permit, certificate, approval order, license or other authorization.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition of the Capital Stock of a Person or any acquisition of Property which constitutes a significant or material portion of an existing business of a Person, in each case, in a transaction that satisfies each of the following requirements:

(a)     No Default; Pro Forma Compliance . Both before and after giving effect to such acquisition and any Loans requested to be made in connection therewith, no Default exists or will exist or would result therefrom, and the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with Article 12 as of the date of and after giving effect to such acquisition;

(b)     Diligence . The Borrower has completed due diligence to its satisfaction on the Target or the Property to be acquired and has provided the Agent and the Lenders with copies of all agreements and information (including due diligence materials) entered into or received by the Borrower or requested by the Agent or any Lender, as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;

(c)     Structure . If the proposed acquisition is an acquisition of the Capital Stock of a Target, the acquisition will be structured so that the Target will become a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; if the proposed acquisition is an acquisition of assets, the acquisition will be structured so that the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall acquire such assets; and, if the proposed acquisition is the acquisition of a Person, the Board of Directors of such Person has approved such acquisition;

 

17


(d)     Material Adverse Effect . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, as a result of or in connection with any such acquisition, assume or incur any contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that could reasonably be expected, as of the date of such acquisition, to result in the existence or occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect; and

(e)     Lines of Business . The Target shall be engaged in substantially the same line or lines of business, or a business reasonably related or complementary thereto, as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Liens ” means the Liens permitted by Section 11.2 .

Permitted Sale-Leaseback ” means a transaction designed to reduce state tax liability whereby the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries sells Property to another Person which finances the purchase price of such Property by selling notes to, or otherwise borrowing from, the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and leases such Property to the seller in an operating lease transaction.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, association, company, partnership, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and which is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

Principal Office ” – see Schedule 15.12 .

Prohibited Transaction ” means any transaction described in Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(1) of the Code for which no statutory or administrative exemption applies.

Property ” means, for any Person, property or assets of all kinds, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible (including all rights relating thereto), whether owned or acquired on or after the Closing Date.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Quarterly Payment Date ” means the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year, the first of which shall be December 31, 2014.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.7(c) .

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the FRB, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time or any successor regulation therefor.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the FRB, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time or any successor regulation therefor.

 

18


Regulatory Change ” means, with respect to any Lender, the occurrence after the Closing Date of any of the following: (a) any change (other than with respect to taxes excluded by the first sentence of Section 6.6(a) ) in U.S. federal, state or foreign laws, rules, regulations, directives, guidelines, decisions or treaties (including Regulation D); (b) the adoption, taking effect or making of any guideline, law, rule, regulation, decision, directive or request (other than with respect to taxes excluded by the first sentence of Section 6.6(a) ) applying to a class of lenders including such Lender of or under any U.S. federal or state or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof; or (c) any change in the administration, interpretation or application of any law, rule, regulation, directive, guideline, decision or treaty (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Regulatory Change”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” means, as to any Person, any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, disbursement, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or from Property owned or leased by such Person, including the migration of Hazardous Materials through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water or property, in violation of Environmental Laws.

Remedial Action ” means all actions required under applicable Environmental Laws to (a) clean up, remove, treat or otherwise address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent the Release or threat of Release or minimize the further Release of Hazardous Materials or (c) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care; provided that “Remedial Action” shall not include such actions taken in the normal course of business and in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043 of ERISA for which the 30-day notice requirement has not been waived by the PBGC.

Required Lenders ” means Lenders having more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the Aggregate Commitments, or, if the Commitments have terminated, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided , however , that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Articles III and V , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Agent. Any document delivered hereunder

 

19


that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Borrower.

Revaluation Date ” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Libor Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Libor Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 4.5 , and (iii) such additional dates as the Agent shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require.

Revolving Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a) .

Revolving Notes ” means the promissory notes provided for by Section 2.2 (other than the Swingline Note) and all amendments, restatements or other modifications thereof.

Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in US Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

Sanction(s) ” means any economic, financial or trade sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Securities ” means any stock, shares, options, warrants, voting trust certificates or other instruments evidencing an ownership interest or a right to acquire an ownership interest in a Person or any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money, secured or unsecured.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of the date of any determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the Property of such Person (both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable value) is greater than the total liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to current and anticipated future capital requirements and current and anticipated future business conduct and the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount which, in light of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

20


Special Notice Currency ” means at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.

Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Agent or the L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Agent or the L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

Standby Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit that is not a Commercial Letter of Credit.

Sterling ” and “ £ ” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Subsidiary ” means, (a) when used to determine the relationship of a Person (the “parent”) to another Person, a Person (the “subsidiary”) of which an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50.0%) or more of the Capital Stock is owned of record or beneficially by the parent, or by one or more Subsidiaries of the parent, or by the parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the parent, (i) if the holders of such Capital Stock (A) are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or other individuals performing similar functions) of the subsidiary, even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency or (B) are entitled, as such holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or individuals performing similar functions) of the subsidiary, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency or (ii) in the case of Capital Stock which is not issued by a corporation, if such ownership interests constitute a majority voting interest and (b) when used with respect to a Plan, ERISA or a provision of the Code pertaining to employee benefit plans, means, with respect to the parent, any corporation, trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the parent and is treated as a single employer with the parent under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a Guarantor hereunder.

Subsidiary Guaranty ” means a guaranty agreement executed and delivered by a Subsidiary of the Borrower in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit E , as such guaranty agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Swap Obligation ” means with respect to any Loan Party any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

21


Swingline Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swingline Loans, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) .

Swingline Note ” means the swingline promissory note provided for by Section 2.2 and all amendments, restatements or other modifications thereof.

Swingline Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swingline Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

Tangible Net Worth ” means the Borrower’s (a) consolidated shareholders’ equity (including Capital Stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings) minus (b) all consolidated intangible assets, each as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Target ” means the Person who is to be acquired or whose assets are to be acquired by the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Acquisition.

TARGET2 ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on November 19, 2007.

TARGET Day ” means any day on which the TARGET2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.6 .

Termination Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event, (b) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA or (c) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan.

Total Adjusted Funded Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (a) the average outstanding principal balance of all Funded Debt of such Persons as of the end of each of the immediately preceding twelve (12) Fiscal Periods, plus (b) without duplication, all lease and rent expense for any real Property for the preceding four (4) Fiscal Quarters multiplied by six (6).

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Treasury Management Agreement ” means any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit or debit cards, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

Type ” means any type of Loan (i.e., a Base Rate Loan or a Libor Loan).

 

22


UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of California.

UCP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Undrawn Letter of Credit ” means any outstanding commercial or documentary, or stand-by letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower under which (a) a drawing for payment has not been made by the beneficiary, (b) a drawing for payment has been made by the beneficiary and was timely paid by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in accordance with the terms thereof and a balance remains undrawn pursuant to the terms thereof or (c) a drawing has been made and remains unpaid by the Borrower or such Subsidiary and such drawing has been outstanding for a period not in excess of three (3) Business Days.

Unfunded Vested Accrued Benefits ” means, with respect to any Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which (a) the present value of all vested nonforfeitable benefits under such Plan exceeds (b) the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

U.S. ” or “ United States ” means the United States of America.

US Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in US Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in US Dollars as determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of US Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

US Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the U.S.

Voting Stock ” means Capital Stock of a Person having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and its successors.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is owned 100% (excluding any directors’ qualifying shares required by law) by the Borrower and/or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Yen ” and “ ¥ ” mean the lawful currency of Japan.

Section 1.2     Other Interpretive Provisions .

(a)    The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

23


(b) (i)    The words “hereof’, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all Article, Exhibit, Section and Schedule references pertain to Articles, Exhibits, Sections and Schedules of this Agreement.

(ii)    The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

(iii)    In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c)    Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(d)    This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms. Unless otherwise expressly provided, any reference to any action of the Agent or any Lender by way of consent, approval or waiver shall be deemed modified by the phrase “in its/their sole discretion.”

(e)    Terms used herein that are defined in the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings specified in the UCC.

Section 1.3     Accounting Terms and Determinations . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP on a “consistent basis” with those used in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.2 . All calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be made by application of GAAP on a “consistent basis” with those used in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.2 . Accounting principles are applied on a “consistent basis” when the accounting principles applied in a current period are comparable in all material respects to those accounting principles applied in a preceding period. Changes in the application of accounting principles which do not have a material impact on calculating the financial covenant herein shall be deemed comparable in all material respects to accounting principles applied in a preceding period. To enable the ready and consistent determination of compliance by the Borrower with its obligations under this Agreement, the Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change the manner in which either the last day of its Fiscal Year or the last day of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of its Fiscal Year is determined without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein.

 

24


Section 1.4     Time of Day . Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to times of day shall be references to San Francisco, California time.

Section 1.5     Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents .

(a)    The Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating US Dollar Equivalent amounts of Loans and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower hereunder or calculating financial covenant(s) hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than US Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such US Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable.

(b)    Wherever in this Agreement in connection with, the borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment of a Libor Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in US Dollars, but the Libor Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such US Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

Section 1.6     Additional Alternative Currencies.

(a)    The Borrower may from time to time request that Libor Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency;” provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than US Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into US Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Libor Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Agent and the Lenders; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Agent and the L/C Issuer.

(b)    Any such request shall be made to the Agent not later than 8:00 a.m., twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of the desired extension of credit (or such other earlier or date as may be agreed by the Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the L/C Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Libor Loans, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Agent shall promptly notify the L/C Issuer thereof. Each Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Libor Loans) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Agent, not later than 8:00 a.m., ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Libor Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency. Any failure by a Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to permit Libor Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency.

 

25


(c)    If the Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Libor Loans in such requested currency, the Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any borrowing of Libor Loans; and if the Agent and the L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If the Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.6 , the Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrower.

Section 1.7     Change of Currency .

(a)    Each obligation of the Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption. If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Libor Loan in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Libor Loan, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(b)    Each provision of this Agreement to the extent relating to Alternative Currency shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(c)    Each provision of this Agreement to the extent relating to Alternative Currency also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

Section 1.8     Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the US Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the US Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Section 1.9     Covenant Acquisition Adjustments .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, for purposes of calculating the financial covenant in Article 12 for any period (or a portion of a period) that includes the date of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition, references to “the Borrower and its Subsidiaries” shall include each acquired Person, or lines of business, as applicable, and the EBITDAR of such acquired

 

26


Person or line of business (such EBITDAR to be formulated on the basis of the definition of EBITDAR set forth herein), as if the Permitted Acquisition had been consummated on the first day of any such period of measurement (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, which would include cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower).

(b)     Covenant Disposition Adjustments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, for purposes of calculating the financial covenant in Article 12 for any period (or a portion of a period) that includes the date of any disposition of a Subsidiary or line of business, as applicable, EBITDAR shall be determined on a historical pro forma basis to exclude the results of operations of such Subsidiary or line of business, as applicable, so disposed (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such disposition, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, which would include cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower).

ARTICLE 2

CREDIT FACILITY

Section 2.1     Commitments; Loans .

(a)     Revolving Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such Loan, a “ Revolving Loan ”) to the Borrower in US Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4 , from the Closing Date to the Maturity Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment as then in effect; provided , however , (i) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies plus the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not at any time exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit, and (iii) the Total Outstandings shall not at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments. Subject to the foregoing limitations, and the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans hereunder. Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Libor Loans. Until the Maturity Date, the Borrower may Continue Libor Loans or Convert Revolving Loans of one Type into Revolving Loans of another Type. Each Type of Revolving Loan advanced by each Lender shall be established and maintained at such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office for such Type of Revolving Loan.

(b)     Swingline Loans . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may from time to time request, and the Swingline Lender may in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.1(b)

 

27


and in its discretion from time to time advance in US Dollars (but shall in no event be obligated to advance), revolving loans which are to be funded solely by the Swingline Lender (the “ Swingline Loans ”); provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Sublimit and (ii) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments. The Swingline Lender shall give the Agent and each Lender written notice of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans upon the written request of the Agent or any Lender (but no more often than once every calendar quarter). Furthermore, upon one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice given by the Swingline Lender to the Agent and the other Lenders at any time and from time to time (including at any time following the occurrence of a Default) and, in any event, without notice on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, each Lender (including the Swingline Lender) severally agrees, irrevocably and unconditionally, as provided in the first sentence of Section 2.1(a) , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Default or the inability or failure of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to satisfy any condition precedent to funding any Loan contained in Article 8 (which conditions precedent shall not apply to this sentence), to make a Revolving Loan, in the form of a Base Rate Loan, in an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding, and the proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall be promptly paid by the Agent to the Swingline Lender and applied as a repayment of the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding. If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by such a borrowing of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, as described above, the request for Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swingline Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swingline Loans and each Lender’s payment to the Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans hereunder. Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans.

Section 2.2     Notes . Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Agent) a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit A (a “ Revolving Note ”), payable to the order of such Lender, in the maximum principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment as originally in effect (or, if greater, its Commitment as thereafter increased) and otherwise duly completed. Upon request of the Swingline Lender made through the Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Swingline Lender (through the Agent) a promissory note of the Borrower in the maximum original principal amount of twenty million US Dollars ($20,000,000) payable to the order of the Swingline Lender in substantially the form of Exhibit B (the “ Swingline Note ”), dated the Closing Date.

Section 2.3     Repayment of Loans . The Borrower shall pay (a) to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders, (i) the prepayments of the Loan required pursuant to Section 5.4(a) and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans on the Maturity Date and (b) to the Swingline Lender, the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans on the Maturity Date (or such other times as required by this Agreement).

Section 2.4     Use of Proceeds . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the proceeds of the Loans shall be used by the Borrower (a) to refinance the Borrower’s existing indebtedness under the Existing Agreement, (b) to finance capital expenditures by the Borrower and (c) for general corporate purposes, including to finance working capital requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

28


Section 2.5     Termination or Reduction of Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right to terminate fully or to reduce in part the unused portion of the Aggregate Commitments at any time and from time to time, provided that: (a) the Borrower shall not have the right to terminate or reduce in part any unused portion of the Aggregate Commitments that could or may be required to be advanced by the Lenders to refinance Swingline Loans then outstanding; (b) the Borrower shall give the Agent at least three (3) Business Days’ notice of each such termination or reduction as provided in Section 5.3 ; (c) each partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount at least equal to $10,000,000 or any multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof; and (d) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Alternative Currency Sublimit, the Swingline Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the Aggregate Commitments, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Aggregate Commitments may not be reinstated after they have been terminated or reduced.

Section 2.6     Increase of Commitments .

(a)    Upon notice to the Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may, from time to time prior to the Maturity Date, request one or more increases in the Aggregate Commitments in an aggregate amount of up to $250,000,000; provided that the Aggregate Commitments shall not exceed $750,000,000; provided further that any increase in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not increase the Alternative Currency Sublimit. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond to such request. Each Lender shall respond within such time period to the Agent as to whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to or less than its Commitment Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, the Borrower may also (i) request that one or more other Lenders, in their sole and absolute discretion, nonratably increase their Commitment(s) and/or (ii) invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders under the terms of this Agreement.

(b)    If any Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date of such increase (the “ Increase Effective Date ”). The Agent and the Borrower shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lenders the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower and each Guarantor approving or consenting to such increase, (ii) including a Compliance Certificate demonstrating pro forma compliance with Article 12 after giving effect to such increase and (iii) certifying that before and after giving effect to such increase, the representations and warranties contained in Article 9 are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date and no Default exists. If requested by the applicable Lenders (through the Agent), the Borrower shall deliver new or amended Notes reflecting the new or increased Commitment of each new or affected Lender as of the Increase Effective Date. The Borrower shall prepay any Libor Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any costs incurred in connection with such prepayment pursuant to

 

29


Section 6.5) to the extent necessary to keep outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Commitment Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Aggregate Commitments under this Section.

(c)    This Section shall supersede any provision in Section 15.10 to the contrary.

ARTICLE 3

LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 3.1     The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Article 3 , (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in US Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 3.2 , and (B) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit and (ii) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (w) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans made by any Lender, plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment and (z) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies and L/C Obligations denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving and, accordingly, the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto and, from and after the Closing Date, shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof; without limiting the foregoing, each Lender shall be deemed to have purchased from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in each Existing Letter of Credit on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.2(b) .

(b)    The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i)    subject to Section 3.2(c) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(ii)    subject to Section 3.2(c) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Maturity Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

 

30


(c)    The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i)    any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(ii)    the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer;

(iii)    except as otherwise agreed by the Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than the US Dollar Equivalent of $250,000 or is to be denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or an Alternative Currency;

(iv)    the L/C Issuer does not, as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit, issue Letters of Credit in the requested currency;

(v)    such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(vi)    any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 5.10(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure with respect to the Defaulting Lender, as it may elect in its sole discretion.

(d)    The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(e)    The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(f)    The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agent in Article 14 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in Article 14 included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

 

31


Section 3.2     Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

(a)    Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application may be sent by facsimile, Unites States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the L/C Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the L/C Issuer. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for the initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (i) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the amount and currency thereof; (iii) the expiry date thereof; (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (vii) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (viii) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Agent may require.

(b)    Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Agent or the Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article 8 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue such Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into such amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(c)    If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonextension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of

 

32


Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than one year after the Maturity Date; provided that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (i) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 3.1(b) or 3.1(c) or otherwise) or (ii) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Nonextension Notice Date (A) from the Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (B) from the Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 8.2 is not then satisfied, and in each case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(d)    Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

Section 3.3     Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(a)    Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Agent thereof. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in US Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in US Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the L/C Issuer in US Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in US Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the US Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Within one (1) Business Day of the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in US Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency (together with interest thereon at the Base Rate from the date of drawing). If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in US Dollars in the amount of the US Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a borrowing of Revolving Loans at the Base Rate to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 5.2 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 (other than delivery of a notice of borrowing). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Agent pursuant to this Section 3.3(a) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

 

33


(b)    Each Lender (including the Lender acting as L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 3.3(a) make funds available (and the Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for such Letter of Credit for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer, in US Dollars at the Principal Office for US Dollar-denominated payments in an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3(b) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Loan to the Borrower in such amount, which shall be a Base Rate Loan. The Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer in US Dollars.

(c)    With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a borrowing of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.3(b) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Article 3 .

(d)    Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan or an L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 3.3 to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(e)    Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 3.3 , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or (iii) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 3.3 is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a notice of borrowing). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(f)    If any Lender fails to make available to the Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3 by the time specified in Section 3.3(b) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount, the amount so paid (excluding any interest and fees paid) shall constitute the Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the relevant borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer

 

34


submitted to any Lender (through the Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (f) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 3.4     Repayment of Participations .

(a)    At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 3.3 , if the Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Agent), the Agent will distribute to such Lender its Commitment Percentage thereof in US Dollars (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Agent.

(b)    If any payment received by the Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.3(a) is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 15.26 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the, termination of this Agreement.

Section 3.5     Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(ii)    the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or any unrelated transaction;

(iii)    any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, so long as any such document appeared to comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

35


(iv)    waiver by the L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for the L/C Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower or any waiver by the L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower;

(v)    honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

(vi)    any payment made by the L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under, such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;

(vii)    any payment by the L/C Issuer in good faith under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law;

(viii)    any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally; or

(ix)    any other circumstance or happening whatsoever where the L/C Issuer has acted in good faith.

The Borrower shall examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it within one Business Day of such delivery and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

Section 3.6     Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificate or document expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (ix)  of Section 3.5 ; provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the

 

36


extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“SWIFT”) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.

Section 3.7     [Reserved] .

Section 3.8     Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise specified in an Existing Letter of Credit (or any renewal thereof) or expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Standby Letter of Credit and (ii) the rules of the UCP at the time of issuance shall apply to each Commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the law or any order of a jurisdiction where the L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade — International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

Section 3.9     Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Commitment Percentage, in US Dollars, a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit equal to (x) in the case of each Standby Letter of Credit, the Libor Rate Margin times the US Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and (y) in the case of each Commercial Letter of Credit, 50% of the Libor Rate Margin times the US Dollar Equivalent daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided that, while any Event of Default exists, upon the request of the Required Lenders, the rate per annum for Letter of Credit fees shall be increased by 2%). Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable (i) on each Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (ii) on the Maturity Date and (iii) thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Libor Rate Margin during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Libor Rate Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.8 .

 

37


Section 3.10     Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in US Dollars, a fronting fee (i) with respect to each commercial Letter of Credit, equal to 0.10% of the US Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance thereof, (ii) with respect to any amendment of a commercial Letter of Credit increasing the amount of such Letter of Credit, at a rate separately agreed between the Borrower and the L/C Issuer, computed on the US Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such increase, and payable upon the effectiveness of such amendment, and (iii) with respect to each standby Letter of Credit, equal to 0.10% per annum, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable (i) on each Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (ii) on the Maturity Date and (iii) thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in US Dollars, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.8 .

Section 3.11     Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control. Notwithstanding the terms of any Letter of Credit Application for a Commercial Letter of Credit, in no event may the Borrower extend the time for reimbursing any drawing under a Commercial Letter of Credit by obtaining a bankers’ acceptance from the L/C Issuer.

Section 3.12     Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligation of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

Section 3.13     Monthly Reports . Each L/C Issuer shall provide to the Agent a list of outstanding Letters of Credit issued by it (together with type and amounts) on a monthly basis.

ARTICLE 4

INTEREST AND FEES

Section 4.1     Interest Rate . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the account of each Lender, interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan made by such Lender for the period commencing on the date of the advance of such Revolving Loan to the date such Revolving Loan is due, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate. The Borrower shall pay to the Swingline Lender, interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan for the period commencing on the date of the advance of such Swingline Loan to the date such Swingline Loan is due, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate. The term “ Applicable Rate ” means:

 

38


(a)    with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the Base Rate, plus the Base Rate Margin; and

(b)    with respect to any Libor Loan, the Libor Rate, plus the Libor Rate Margin.

Section 4.2     Determinations of Margins and Facility Fee Rate . From the Closing Date to the first Margin Adjustment Date, the margins identified in Section 4.1 shall be as follows: (a) the margin of interest payable with respect to Base Rate Loans (the “ Base Rate Margin ”) shall be the rate set forth in the following table corresponding to the Leverage Ratio set forth in the certificate of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(x) ; and (b) the margin of interest payable with respect to Libor Loans (the “ Libor Rate Margin ”) shall be the rate set forth in the following table corresponding to the Leverage Ratio set forth in the certificate of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(x) . From the Closing Date until the first Margin Adjustment Date, the percentage used to determine fees payable under Section 4.6 (the “ Facility Fee Rate ”) shall be the rate set forth in the following table corresponding to the Leverage Ratio set forth in the certificate of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(x) . Upon delivery of the certificate required pursuant to Section 10.1(c) after the end of each Fiscal Quarter commencing with such certificate delivered for the Fiscal Quarter ending November 2, 2014, the Facility Fee Rate, the Base Rate Margin and the Libor Rate Margin shall automatically be adjusted to the fee or rate, as applicable, corresponding to the Leverage Ratio (determined for the preceding twelve (12) Fiscal Periods then ending) of the Borrower set forth in the following table, such automatic adjustment to take effect as of the first day of the calendar month following the date on which such certificate is delivered (the “ Margin Adjustment Date ”).

 

LEVERAGE RATIO

   FACILITY
FEE RATE
    LIBOR
RATE MARGIN
    BASE
RATE MARGIN
 

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00

     0.225     1.775     0.775

Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but less than 3.00 to 1.00

     0.175     1.325     0.325

Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00

     0.150     1.100     0.100

Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00

     0.110     1.015     0.015
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less than 1.50 to 1.00

     0.090     0.910     0.000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the Borrower fails to deliver such certificate with respect to any Fiscal Quarter which sets forth the Leverage Ratio within the period of time required by Section 10.1(c) : (x) the Libor Rate Margin (for Interest Periods commencing after the applicable Margin Adjustment Date) shall automatically be adjusted to 1.775% per annum; (y) the Base Rate Margin shall be automatically adjusted to 0.775% per annum; and (z) the Facility Fee Rate shall automatically be adjusted to 0.225% per annum. The automatic adjustments provided for in the preceding sentence shall take effect as of the date on which the referenced certificate is due and shall remain in effect until otherwise adjusted on the date such certificate is actually received in accordance herewith.

 

39


Section 4.3     Payment Dates . Accrued interest on the Loans shall be due and payable as follows: (a) in the case of Base Rate Loans, on each Quarterly Payment Date and on the Maturity Date; and (b) in the case of Libor Loans, (i) on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, (ii) in the case of an Interest Period greater than three (3) months, at three (3) month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period and (iii) on the Maturity Date.

Section 4.4     Default Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, during the existence of an Event of Default, the Borrower will pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender interest at the applicable Default Rate on any principal of each Loan made by such Lender and (to the fullest extent permitted by law) any other amount payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document to or for the account of the Agent or such Lender.

Section 4.5     Conversions and Continuations of Loans . Subject to Section 5.2 .

(a)    with respect to Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall have the right from time to time to Convert Base Rate Loans or Libor Loans into Revolving Loans of the other Type or to Continue Libor Loans in existence as Libor Loans, provided that: (i) the Borrower shall give the Agent notice of each such Conversion or Continuation as provided in Section 5.3 ; (ii) subject to Article 6 , a Libor Loan may only be Converted on the last day of the Interest Period therefor; and (iii) except for Conversions into Base Rate Loans, no Conversions or Continuations shall be made without the consent of the Agent and the Required Lenders at any time during the existence of a Default and

(b)    [Reserved].

Section 4.6     Facility Fee . For the period from the Closing Date to the Maturity Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender, pro rata according to its Commitment Percentage, a facility fee equal to the per annum Facility Fee Rate (determined according to the provisions of Section 4.2 ) multiplied by the Aggregate Commitments (regardless of usage), subject to Section 5.10 . Accrued facility fees under this Section shall be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date.

Section 4.7     Administrative Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent on the Closing Date and on each anniversary thereof the administrative fee described in the Fee Letter.

Section 4.8     [Reserved] .

 

40


Section 4.9     Computations; Retroactive Adjustment of Applicable Rate .

(a)    Interest and fees payable by the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) in the period for which interest is payable unless such calculation would result in a rate that exceeds the Maximum Rate, in which case interest shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, interest payable by the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with respect to Base Rate Loans shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) in the period for which interest is payable or, in the case of interest in respect of Libor Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practices differ from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Agent will, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, a statement showing the quotations used by the Agent in determining any interest rate and the resulting interest rate.

(b)    If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Required Lenders determine that (i) the Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, promptly on demand by the Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code, automatically and without further action by the Agent or any Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, under Section 3.3(c) , 3.9 or 4.4 or under Article 13 .

ARTICLE 5

ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

Section 5.1     Borrowing Procedure .

(a)     Revolving Loans . The Borrower shall give the Agent, and the Agent will give the Lenders, notice of each borrowing (and the currency thereof) of Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 5.3 . Not later than 10:00 a.m. on the date specified for each borrowing of Revolving Loans, each Lender will make available its Revolving Loan to be advanced by it on such date to the Agent, at the Principal Office, in immediately available funds, for the account of the Borrower. The amounts received by the Agent shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be made available to the Borrower by 1:00 p.m. at the Borrower’s direction by transferring the same, in immediately available funds by wire transfer, automated clearinghouse transfer or interbank transfer to (i) a bank account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in writing or (ii) a Person or Persons designated by the Borrower in writing; provided that if, on the date the notice of borrowing with respect to such borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , to the Borrower as provided above.

 

41


(b)     Swingline Loans . The Borrower shall give the Agent and the Swingline Lender notice of each borrowing of Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 5.3 . Not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified for each borrowing of Swingline Loans, if the Swingline Lender in its discretion has agreed to make such Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will make available the requested Swingline Loan to the Borrower at the Borrower’s direction by transferring the same, in immediately available funds by wire transfer, automated clearinghouse transfer or interbank transfer to (i) a bank account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in writing or (ii) a Person or Persons designated by the Borrower in writing.

Section 5.2     Minimum Amounts . Each borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be in an amount equal to the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and each borrowing of Swingline Loans shall be in an amount equal to $250,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Except for Conversions and prepayments pursuant to Section 5.4(a) and Article 6 , each Conversion and prepayment of principal of Loans shall be in an amount equal to the minimum amounts set forth in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each borrowing or Continuation of Libor Loans and each Conversion of amounts outstanding as Base Rate Loans to Libor Loans shall be in an amount equal to the minimum amounts set forth for borrowings in this Section.

Section 5.3     Certain Notices .

(a)    Notices by the Borrower to the Agent of terminations or reductions of Commitments, of borrowings, Conversions, Continuations and prepayments of Loans and of the duration of Interest Periods shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only if received by the Agent (and, if applicable, the Swingline Lender) not later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to the date of the relevant termination, reduction, borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment as specified below:

 

Notice

   Number of
Business
Days Prior
 

Borrowing, Continuations and prepayment of Swingline Loans

     0   

Borrowing of Revolving Loans as Base Rate Loans

     1   

Borrowing of Revolving Loans as Libor Loans denominated in US Dollars

     3   

Conversions or Continuations of Revolving Loans denominated in US Dollars and termination or reduction of Commitments

     3   

Borrowing, Conversions or Continuations of Revolving Loans in Alternative Currencies (other than a Special Notice Currency)

     4   

Borrowing, Conversions or Continuations of Revolving Loans in a Special Notice Currency

     5   

Prepayment of Revolving Loans which are Base Rate Loans

     1   

Prepayment of Revolving Loans which are Libor Loans denominated in US Dollars

     3   

Prepayment of Revolving Loans which are Libor Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency (other than a Special Notice Currency)

     4   

Prepayment of Revolving Loans which are Libor Loans denominated in a Special Notice Currency

     5   

Terminations or reductions of Commitments

     3   

 

42


Any notices of the type described in this Section which are received by the Agent (and, if applicable, the Swingline Lender) after the applicable time set forth above on a Business Day shall be deemed to be received and shall be effective on the next Business Day. Each such notice of termination or reduction shall specify the amount of the Aggregate Commitments to be terminated or reduced. Each such notice of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment shall be in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as may be approved by the Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission systems as shall be approved by the Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and shall specify: (i) the amount of the Loans to be borrowed or prepaid or the Loans to be Converted or Continued; (ii) the amount (subject to Section 5.2 ) to be borrowed (and whether any of such borrowing will be a Swingline Loan), Converted, Continued or prepaid; (iii) in the case of a Conversion, the Type of Loan to result from such Conversion; (iv) in the case of a borrowing, the Type of Loan requested and the amount thereof; (v) the currency of the Loan to be borrowed (if the Borrower fails to specify a currency in a loan notice, then the Loan requested shall be made in US Dollars); (vi) in the event a Libor Loan is selected, the duration of the Interest Period therefor; and (vii) the date of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment (which shall be a Business Day).

(b)    Any notices by the Borrower of the type described in this Section may be made orally or in writing and, if made orally, must be confirmed immediately in writing on the same Business Day on which such oral notice is given; provided that any such oral notice shall be deemed to be controlling and proper notice in the event of a discrepancy with or failure to receive a confirming written notice. The Agent shall notify the affected Lenders of the contents of each such notice on the date of its receipt of the same or, if received after the applicable time set forth above on a Business Day, on the next Business Day. In the event the Borrower fails to select the Type of Loan applicable to a borrowing of a Loan, or the duration of any Interest Period for any Libor Loan, within the time period and otherwise as provided in this Section, such Loan (if outstanding as a Libor Loan) will be automatically Converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for such Libor Loan or (if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan) will remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a Base Rate Loan; provided , however , that in the case of a failure to timely request a continuation of any Libor Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Libor Loan shall be continued as a Libor Loan in its original currency with an Interest Period of one month. No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Loan and reborrowed in the other currency. The Borrower may not borrow any Libor Loan, Convert any Base Rate Loan into a Libor Loan or Continue any Libor Loan as a Libor Loan if the Applicable Rate for such Libor Loan would exceed the Maximum Rate.

(c)    Except as otherwise provided herein, a Libor Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Libor Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Libor Loans (whether in US Dollars or any Alternative Currency) without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Libor Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be prepaid, or redenominated into US Dollars in the amount of the US Dollar Equivalent thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.

 

43


Section 5.4     Prepayments .

(a)     Mandatory .

(i)     Overadvance . If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall, within one Business Day after the occurrence thereof, prepay Loans in an amount equal to such excess and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess or do a combination of the foregoing in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 5.4(a) unless, after the prepayment in full of the Loans, the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect.

(ii)     Swingline Loans . Within one (1) Business Day after any demand therefor by the Agent or the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall prepay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans.

(iii)     Alternative Currency Overadvance . If the Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all Loans and L/C Obligations denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations denominated in Alternative Currencies or do a combination of the foregoing in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect.

(b)     Optional . Subject to Section 5.2 and the provisions of this clause (b) , the Borrower may, at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty upon prior notice to the Agent as specified in Section 5.3 , prepay or repay Loans in full or in part. Libor Loans may be prepaid or repaid only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto unless the Borrower pays to the Agent, for the account of the applicable Lenders or Lender, or, if applicable, to the Swingline Lender, any amounts due under Section 6.5 as a result of such prepayment or repayment.

Section 5.5     Method of Payment .

(a)     General . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein (and except with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies), all payments of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the Agent at the Principal Office for the account of each Lender’s Applicable Lending Office in US Dollars and in immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m. on the date when due. All payments made by the Borrower hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Agent, at the Applicable Lending Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Agent. All payments of principal in respect of Swingline Loans shall be made directly to the Swingline Lender in US Dollars and in immediately available funds by 11 a.m. on the date when due. All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or set-off. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, the Borrower is prohibited by any law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall make such

 

44


payment in US Dollars in the US Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. All payments shall be applied with respect to Libor Loans in the same Alternative Currency until such Revolving Loans are paid in full. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Commitment Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Agent (i) after 11:00 a.m., in the case of payments in US Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified by the Agent in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower under this Section shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b)     Application of Payments . Unless the Agent expressly agrees otherwise and subject to the prepayment of any Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 5.4(a)(ii) , the Borrower shall, at the time of making each such payment, specify to the Agent the sums payable under the Loan Documents to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that the Borrower fails to so specify, or if an Event of Default is in existence, the Agent shall apply such payment to outstanding Base Rate Loans prior to any application to any Libor Loans). Each payment received by the Agent under any Loan Document for the account of a Lender shall be paid to such Lender by 1:00 p.m. on the date the payment is deemed made to the Agent in immediately available funds, for the account of such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office. Whenever any payment under any Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of the payment of interest or fees, as the case may be.

Section 5.6     Pro Rata Treatment . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (a) each advance of Revolving Loans shall be made by the Lenders, each payment of facility fees under Section 4.6 , and each termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be made, paid or applied (as applicable) pro rata according to the Lenders’ respective Commitment Percentages; (b) the making, Conversion and Continuation of Loans of a particular Type (other than Conversions provided for by Section 6.4 ) shall be made pro rata among the Lenders holding Loans of such Type according to their respective Commitment Percentages; and (c) each payment and prepayment of principal of or interest on Revolving Loans by the Borrower shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of its Revolving Loans; provided that as long as no default in the payment of interest exists, payments of interest made when Lenders are holding different Types of Revolving Loans as a result of the application of Section 6.4 shall be made to the Lenders in accordance with the amount of interest owed to each. If at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any amount distributed by the Agent hereunder is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Agent as a preference, fraudulent conveyance or otherwise under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, then each Person receiving any portion of such amount agrees, upon demand, to return the portion of such amount it has received to the Agent.

Section 5.7     Sharing of Payments . If a Lender shall obtain, on account of the Revolving Loans made by such Lender or the participations by such Lender in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, by right of set-off or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, it shall promptly purchase from the other Lenders participations in the portions of the Revolving Loans made by them and/or subparticipations in the

 

45


participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share such excess payment pro rata with each of them. To such end, all of the Lenders shall make appropriate adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations sold or otherwise) if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter rescinded or must otherwise be restored. The Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender so purchasing a participation in accordance with this Section may exercise all rights of set-off, banker’s lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of any Lender to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Borrower. The provisions of this Section 5.7 shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 5.9 , or (C) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Section 5.8     Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent .

(a)     Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Agent . In the case of any borrowing of Revolving Loans, each Lender shall make its share of such borrowing available to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the Agent’s Applicable Lending Office for the applicable currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of a borrowing denominated in US Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Agent in the case of a borrowing in an Alternative Currency, in each case, on the Business Day specified in the notice of borrowing. Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any borrowing of Libor Loans (or, in the case of any borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s share of such borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 5.1 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable borrowing available to the Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent. A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this clause (a)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

46


(b)     Payments by Borrower; Presumption by Agent . Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Agent, at the Overnight Rate. A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this clause (b)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c)     Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 15.2(b) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 15.2(b) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Revolving Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 15.2(b) .

Section 5.9     Cash Collateral .

(a)     Certain Credit Support Events . Upon the request of the Agent or the L/C Issuer (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing that has not been repaid, or (ii) if, as of the Maturity Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all such L/C Obligations. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Agent or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 5.10(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). Additionally, if the Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time exceeds 105% of the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall provide Cash Collateral for the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in an amount not less than the amount by which the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(b)     Grant of Security Interest . All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as Cash Collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 5.9(c) . If at any time the Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Agent, pay or provide to the Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

 

47


(c)     Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 5.9 or Section 5.4 , 5.10 or 13.2 or Article 2 or 3 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d)     Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 15.7(b)(vi) )) or (ii) the Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower shall not be released during the continuance of a Default (and following application as provided in this Section 5.9 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 13.2 ), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

Section 5.10     Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)     Waivers and Amendments . That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 15.10 .

(ii)     Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 13 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.4 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no

 

48


Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or L/C Borrowings were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Borrowings owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 5.10(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.10(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)     Certain Fees . That Defaulting Lender (x) shall be entitled to receive any facility fee pursuant to Section 4.6 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to the sum of (1) the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans funded by it and (2) its Commitment Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Article 2 , Article 3 , Section 5.4 , Section 5.9 , or Section 5.10(a)(ii) , as applicable and (y) shall be entitled to receive letter of credit fees pursuant to Section 3.9 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Commitment Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Article 2 , Article 3 , Section 5.4 , Section 5.9 , or Section 5.10(a)(ii) . With respect to any facility fee payment pursuant to Section 4.6 and any letter of credit fee under Section 3.9 not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (x) or (y) of the preceding sentence, the Borrower shall (1) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (2) pay to the L/C Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (3) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv)     Reallocation of Commitment Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each Non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans pursuant to Articles 2 and 3 , the “Commitment Percentage” of each Non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided , that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each Non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Commitment of that Non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

 

49


(v)     Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5.9 .

(b)     Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Commitment Percentages (without giving effect to Section 5.10(a)(iv) ), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE 6

CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES

Section 6.1     Increased Cost and Reduced Return .

(a)     Increased Cost . If any Regulatory Change:

(i)    shall subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer (or its Applicable Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Loan whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate, its Note or its obligation to make any Loan whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate available to the Borrower or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or change the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or its Note in respect of any Loan whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate (other than franchise taxes or taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of such Lender by the jurisdiction in which such Lender is organized, has its principal office or such Applicable Lending Office or is doing business);

(ii)    shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement (other than the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage utilized in the determination of the Libor Rate relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities or commitments of, such Lender or L/C Issuer (or its Applicable Lending Office), including the Commitment of such Lender hereunder; or

 

50


(iii)    shall impose on such Lender or L/C Issuer (or its Applicable Lending Office), the applicable interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or its Note or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities or commitments;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making, Converting into, Continuing or maintaining any Loan whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate or to reduce any sum received or receivable by such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or its Note with respect to any Loan whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under this Section 6.1(a) , the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or maintain any Loan whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate, or to Convert Base Rate Loans into Libor Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 6.4 shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(b)     Capital Adequacy . If, after the date hereof, any Lender shall have determined that any Regulatory Change has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any company controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such company could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time upon demand, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.

(c)     Claims Under this Section 6.1 . Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 6.1 and will designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to it. Any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 6.1 shall furnish to the Borrower and the Agent a statement setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

Section 6.2     Limitation on Libor Loans . If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any Libor Loan:

(a)    the Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, (i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Libor Base Rate for such Interest Period or (ii) deposits (whether in US Dollars or an Alternative Currency) are not being offered to banks and the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Loan; or

 

51


(b)    the Agent or the Required Lenders determine (which determination shall be conclusive) and notify the Agent that the Libor Base Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding Libor Loans (whether denominated in US Dollars or an Alternative Currency) for such Interest Period;

then the Agent shall give the Borrower prompt notice thereof specifying the amounts or periods, and so long as such condition remains in effect, (i) the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make additional Libor Loans available to the Borrower, Continue Libor Loans or to Convert Base Rate Loans into Libor Loans and the Borrower shall, on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for the outstanding Libor Loans, either prepay such Libor Loans or Convert such Libor Loans into Base Rate Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the utilization of the Libor Base Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended.

Section 6.3     Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate (whether denominated in US Dollars or an Alternative Currency) hereunder, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent thereof and such Lender’s obligation to make or Continue Libor Loans in the affected currency or currencies or to Convert Base Rate Loans into Libor Loans shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make, maintain and fund Libor Loans (in which case the provisions of Section 6.4 shall be applicable). If such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate of which is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender, shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Agent without reference to the Libor Base Rate component of the Base Rate until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain Base Rate Loans the interest rate of which is determined by reference to the Libor Base Rate.

Section 6.4     Treatment of Affected Loans . If the obligation of any Lender to make a particular Libor Loan available to the Borrower or to Continue or to Convert Base Rate Loans into, Libor Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.3 (Loans of such Type being herein called “ Affected Loans ”), such Lender’s Affected Loans shall be automatically Converted into Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans shall, if necessary, be determined by the Agent without reference to the Libor Base Rate component of the Base Rate) on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for the Affected Loans (or, in the case of a Conversion required by Section 6.3 , on such earlier date as such Lender may specify to the Borrower with a copy to the Agent) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 6.1 or Section 6.3 that gave rise to such Conversion no longer exist:

(a)    to the extent that such Lender’s Affected Loans have been so Converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Affected Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(b)    all Loans that would otherwise be made or Continued by such Lender as Libor Loans shall be made or Continued instead as Base Rate Loans, and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be Converted into Libor Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

With respect to outstanding Revolving Loans, if such Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 6.1 or Section 6.3 that gave rise to the Conversion of such Lender’s Affected Loans no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Libor Loans made by other

 

52


Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically Converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Libor Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Libor Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, Types and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages.

Section 6.5     Compensation . Upon the request of any Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amount or amounts as shall be sufficient (in the reasonable opinion of such Lender) to compensate it for any loss, cost or expense (including loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain any Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained, or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract, any customary administrative fees charged by the Lender in connection with the foregoing and any such amounts incurred in connection with syndication of this Agreement) incurred by it as a result of:

(a)    any payment, prepayment or Conversion by the Borrower of a Libor Loan for any reason (including the acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 13.2 ) on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Libor Loan;

(b)    any failure by the Borrower for any reason (including the failure of any condition precedent specified in Article 8 to be satisfied) to borrow, Convert, Continue or prepay a Libor Loan on the date for such borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment specified in the relevant notice of borrowing, prepayment, Continuation or Conversion under this Agreement; or

(c)    any failure by the Borrower to make payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereon) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency;

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 6.5 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Libor Loan made by it at the Libor Base Rate used in determining the Libor Rate for such Libor Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Libor Loan was in fact so funded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.5 , if at any time the mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 5.4(a) would result in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under this Section 6.5 as a result of Libor Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (collectively, the “ Affected Libor Loans ”), then the Borrower may in its sole discretion initially deposit a portion (up to 100%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of the Affected Libor Loans with the Agent (which deposit, after giving effect to interest to be earned on such deposit prior to the last day of the relevant Interest Periods, must be equal in amount to the amount of Affected Libor Loans not immediately prepaid) to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower hereunder pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence (or occurrences) thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the Affected Libor Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower), to repay an aggregate principal amount of the Loans equal to the Affected Libor Loans not initially repaid pursuant to this sentence.

 

53


Section 6.6     Taxes .

(a)     Withholding Taxes . (i) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any and all payments by the Borrower or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Lender or the Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding , in the case of each Lender or the Agent (as applicable), taxes imposed on or measured by its income and franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized, located or doing business or any political subdivision thereof, and excluding in the case of any Foreign Lender taxes arising as a result of such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 15.21 (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If any applicable laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Agent , the Borrower or any Guarantor, as applicable) require the deduction of withholding of any taxes from any payment made under any Loan Document, then the Agent, the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding.

(ii)    If the Agent, the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any taxes from any payment, then (A) the Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Agent to be required, (B) the Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.6 ) the applicable recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii)    If the Agent, the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be required by laws other than the Code to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Lender or the Agent (as applicable), (A) the sum payable by the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.6 ) such Lender or the Agent (as applicable) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) the Agent, the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall make such deductions, (C) the Agent, the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law and (D) the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall furnish to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(b)     Stamp Taxes, Etc. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (“ Other Taxes ”).

(c)     Tax Indemnification . THE BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY EACH LENDER AND THE AGENT-RELATED PERSONS FOR THE FULL AMOUNT OF “TAXES” AND “OTHER TAXES” (INCLUDING ANY “TAXES” OR “OTHER TAXES” IMPOSED OR ASSERTED BY ANY JURISDICTION ON AMOUNTS PAYABLE UNDER THIS

 

54


SECTION 6.6 ) PAID BY SUCH LENDER OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON (AS THE CASE MAY BE) AND ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING PENALTIES, INTEREST AND EXPENSES) ARISING THEREFROM OR WITH RESPECT THERETO, OTHER THAN PENALTIES, ADDITIONS TO TAX, INTEREST AND EXPENSES ARISING AS A RESULT OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT ON THE PART OF SUCH LENDER OR AGENT-RELATED PERSON. THE BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY THE AGENT FOR ANY AMOUNT WHICH A LENDER FOR ANY REASON FAILS TO PAY INDEFEASIBLY TO THE AGENT AS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 15.21 BELOW.

(d)    For purposes of determining withholding taxes imposed under FATCA from and after the effective date of the Amendment and Restatement, the Borrower and the Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to treat) the Loan as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).

ARTICLE 7

GUARANTIES

Section 7.1     Guaranties . Each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower party to the Subsidiary Guaranty as of the Closing Date and any other Subsidiary of the Borrower which at any time Guarantees the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower under any Debt of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary permitted under Section 11.1(m) or 11.1(n) shall guarantee payment and performance of the Obligations pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty. Additionally, the Borrower shall cause one or more of its other Domestic Subsidiaries (if any) to Guarantee (by means of the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement) payment and performance of the Obligations pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty as follows: (a) in the event that any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Guarantor has assets of a net book value in excess of $25,000,000 or gross revenue for the most recently completed four (4) Fiscal Quarters in excess of $25,000,000, the Borrower shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor as provided by Section 7.2 and (b) in the event that the Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries which are not previously Guarantors hereunder have assets, in the aggregate for all such Domestic Subsidiaries, of a net book value in excess of $100,000,000 or gross revenue for the most recently completed four (4) Fiscal Quarters in excess of $100,000,000, the Borrower shall cause one or more of such Subsidiaries to become Guarantors as provided by Section 7.2 with the effect that the assets and gross revenue of the remaining Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower which are not Guarantors hereunder do not exceed $100,000,000 as of such date.

Section 7.2     New Guarantors . In the event that the Borrower is required to cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to become Guarantors as set forth in Section 7.1 , such new Guarantor or Guarantors (as the case may be) shall, contemporaneously with the delivery of the financial statements required by Section 10.1(a) and Section 10.1(b) , execute and deliver to the Agent a Joinder Agreement pursuant to which each such Subsidiary of the Borrower becomes a Guarantor under this Agreement and such other certificates and documentation, including the items otherwise required pursuant to Section 8.1 , as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

55


ARTICLE 8

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 8.1 Conditions to Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 8.1 has been satisfied or waived with the consent of the Lenders (or, with respect to Sections 8.1(a)(xiii) and 8.1(b) , with the consent of the Persons entitled to receive payment). The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the conditions that the Agent shall have received all of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each Lender:

(a)     Deliveries . The Agent shall have received on or before the Closing Date all of the following, each dated (unless otherwise indicated) the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i)     Resolutions; Authority . For each of the Borrower and the Guarantors, resolutions of its board of directors (or similar governing body) certified by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary which authorize its execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party;

(ii)     Incumbency Certificate . For each of the Borrower and the Guarantors, a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary certifying the names of its officers (A) who are authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party (including the certificates contemplated herein) together with specimen signatures of each such officer and (B) who will, until replaced by other officers duly authorized for that purpose, act as its representatives for the purposes of signing documentation and giving notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii)     Organizational Documents . For each of the Borrower and the Guarantors, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other similar document certified by the Secretary of State of the state of its incorporation, formation or organization and dated a current date (or, in lieu thereof, a certification from the Secretary of such Person that such document has not changed from a certified copy thereof previously delivered to the Agent);

(iv)     Bylaws . For each of the Borrower and the Guarantors, the bylaws, operating agreement; partnership agreement or similar agreement certified by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or, in lieu thereof, a certification from the Secretary of such Person that such document has not changed from a certified copy thereof previously delivered to the Agent);

(v)     Governmental Certificates . For each of the Borrower and the Guarantors, certificates (dated within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date) of the appropriate Governmental Authorities of the state of incorporation, formation or organization as to its existence and, to the extent applicable, good standing;

(vi)     Credit Agreement . This Agreement, together with all Exhibits and other attachments (if any), duly executed by the Borrower, the Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders;

(vii)     Notes . The Revolving Notes and the Swingline Note executed by the Borrower, to the extent requested by a Lender or the Swingline Lender, as applicable;

 

56


(viii)     Subsidiary Guaranty . The Subsidiary Guaranty, duly executed by each of the Guarantors;

(ix)     Disclosure Letter . The Disclosure Letter, together with all Schedules and any other attachments (if any), duly executed by the Borrower in form and substance acceptable to the Agent;

(x)     Certificate of Compliance . A certificate of the chief financial officer or the Treasurer of the Borrower setting forth a calculation of the financial covenant in Article 12 using Total Adjusted Funded Debt as of the Closing Date and EBITDAR as of the Borrower’s Fiscal Quarter ended August 3, 2014 (using the Borrower’s current lease accounting) and stating that the conditions in Section 8.2 have been satisfied;

(xi)     Consents . Copies of all material consents or waivers necessary for the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as the Agent may require;

(xii)     Opinions of Counsel . Satisfactory opinions of legal counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors as to such matters as the Agent may request; and

(xiii)     Fees . Payment of all fees payable to the Lenders including those fees set forth in the Fee Letter;

(b)     Attorney Costs . The Attorney Costs referred to in Section 15.1 for which statements have been presented shall have been paid in full (or shall be paid with the proceeds of the initial Loans made on the Closing Date);

(c)     No Material Adverse Change . As of the Closing Date, no material adverse change shall have occurred with respect to (i) the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower (individually) or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) since February 2, 2014 or (ii) the facts and information regarding such Persons disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders prior to the Closing Date; and

(d)     Additional Documentation . The Agent and the Lenders shall have received such additional approvals, opinions or other documentation as the Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender may reasonably request.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 14.3 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 8.1 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 8.2     All Advances . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan (including the initial Loans) and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make any L/C Credit Extension (including the initial L/C Credit Extension) is subject to the following additional conditions precedent:

 

57


(a)     No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from such Loan or L/C Credit Extension;

(b)     Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained in Article 9 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan or L/C Credit Extension with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate specifically to another date; and

(c)     No Material Adverse Change . No material adverse change shall have occurred with respect to the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) since February 2, 2014.

(d)     No Material Adverse Change With Respect to Alternative Currency . In the case of a Loan or an L/C Credit Extension to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, the Required Lenders (in the case of a Loan to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) would make it impracticable for such Loan or L/C Credit Extension to be denominated in the relevant Alternative Currency.

Each notice of borrowing and request for an L/C Credit Extension by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 8.2 have been satisfied (both as of the date of such notice and, unless the Borrower otherwise notifies the Agent prior to the date of such borrowing or L/C Credit Extension, as applicable, as of the date of such borrowing or L/C Credit Extension).

ARTICLE 9

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower represents and warrants that the following statements are, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby will be, true, correct and complete:

Section 9.1     Existence, Power and Authority .

(a)    The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries: (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (ii) has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted; and (iii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary and where failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its respective obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party.

 

58


Section 9.2     Financial Condition .

(a)     Financial Statements . The Borrower has delivered to the Agent and each Lender (i) audited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the Fiscal Years ended January 29, 2012, February 3, 2013 and February 2, 2014 and (ii) unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the portion of the current (as of the date hereof) Fiscal Year through the period ended August 3, 2014. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.2 to the Disclosure Letter, such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the financial statements described in clause (ii)  preceding), and present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates indicated therein and the results of operations for the respective periods indicated therein. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments except as referred to or reflected in the financial statements referred to in clause (ii)  preceding. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements referred to in clause (i) preceding, no material adverse change has occurred with respect to the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower (individually) or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole).

(b)     Projections . The projections delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and included in the Offering Memorandum have been prepared by the Borrower in light of the past operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. All such projections represent, as of the date thereof, a good faith estimate by the Borrower and its senior management of the financial conditions and performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries based on assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made ( provided that the performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may vary from such projections).

Section 9.3     Corporate and Similar Action; No Breach . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party, compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of proceeds thereof have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, respectively, and do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of, or require any consent (other than any consent that has been obtained and remains in full force and effect) under (i) the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents (as applicable) of such Person, (ii) any applicable law, rule or regulation or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator or (iii) any material agreement or instrument to which such Person is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound or subject or (b) constitute a default under any such material agreement or instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the revenues or assets of such Person.

Section 9.4     Operation of Business . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries possesses all material licenses, Permits, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and tradenames or rights thereto necessary to conduct its business substantially as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted, and neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any valid rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing where such violation could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

59


Section 9.5    Litigation and Judgments. Except as set forth in Schedule 9.5 to the Disclosure Letter, there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending or threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, except as set forth in Schedule 9.5 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding judgments against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000.

Section 9.6     Rights in Properties; Liens . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to or valid leasehold interests in its respective Properties, real and personal, and none of such Properties or leasehold interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Lien, except as permitted by Section 11.2 .

Section 9.7     Enforceability . The Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party, when executed and delivered, shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights and general principles of equity.

Section 9.8     Approvals . No authorization, approval or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or other third-party is or will be necessary for (a) the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party, except for any such authorization, approval or consent that has been obtained and remains in full force and effect or where the failure to obtain any such authorization, approval or consent could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is or may become a party, except for any such authorization, approval or consent that has been obtained and remains in full force and effect.

Section 9.9     Debt . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Debt, except as set forth in Schedule 9.9 to the Disclosure Letter or as otherwise permitted by Section 11.1 .

Section 9.10     Taxes . Except as set forth in Schedule 9.10 to the Disclosure Letter or, after the Closing Date, matters which do not violate Section 10.4 , the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower have filed all federal and other material tax returns required to be filed, including all income, franchise and employment tax returns, and all material property and sales tax returns, and have paid all of their respective liabilities for taxes, assessments, governmental charges and other levies shown as due and payable on such returns and all other material liabilities for taxes, assessments, governmental charges and other levies that are due and payable other than, in each case, those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP. Except as set forth in Schedule 9.10 to the Disclosure Letter or, after the Closing Date, matters which do not violate Section 10.4 , there is no pending investigation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower by any taxing authority with respect to any liability for tax or of any pending but unassessed tax liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

60


Section 9.11     Margin Securities . The Borrower is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each borrowing or drawing under each Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 or Section 11.8 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between any Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 13.1(i) will be margin stock.

Section 9.12     ERISA . With respect to each Plan, the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower is in compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA. Neither a Reportable Event nor a Prohibited Transaction has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan. No notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed, nor has any Plan been terminated. As of the Closing Date, no circumstances exist which constitute grounds entitling the PBGC to institute proceedings to terminate, or appoint a trustee to administer, a Plan, nor has the PBGC instituted any such proceedings. Neither the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate has completely or partially withdrawn from a Multiemployer Plan. The Borrower, each Subsidiary of the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have met their minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to each Plan. Except as set forth in Schedule 9.12 to the Disclosure Letter, the present value of all vested benefits under each Plan do not exceed the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, as determined on the most recent valuation date of the Plan and in accordance with ERISA. Neither the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate has any outstanding liability to the PBGC under ERISA (other than liability for the payment of PBGC premiums in the ordinary course of business).

Section 9.13     Disclosure . All factual information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender in writing for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender in writing, taken as a whole and taken together with the Borrower’s filings with the SEC, will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided (it being recognized by the Lenders that projections and estimates as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and estimates may differ from projected or estimated results).

Section 9.14     Subsidiaries; Capitalization . As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no other Subsidiaries other than those listed in Schedule 9.14 to the Disclosure Letter. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 9.14 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the percentage of the Borrower’s ownership of the outstanding Voting Stock of each Subsidiary of the Borrower, and the authorized, issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of the Borrower. All of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has been validly issued, is fully paid, is nonassessable and has not been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights. As of the Closing Date, except as disclosed in Schedule 9.14 to the Disclosure Letter, there are (a) no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls or rights (including preemptive rights) to acquire, and no outstanding securities or instruments convertible into, Capital Stock of any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries and (b) no shareholder agreements, voting trusts or similar agreements in effect and binding on any

 

61


shareholder of (i) to the Borrower’s knowledge, the Borrower or any of its Capital Stock or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their respective Capital Stock. All shares of Capital Stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal securities laws.

Section 9.15     Material Agreements . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default, or has knowledge of facts or circumstances that with the giving of notice or passage of time or both could be expected to result in a default, in any respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument (including any indenture, loan or credit agreement, or any lease or other similar agreement or instrument) to which it is a party where such default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.16     Compliance with Laws . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any law, rule, regulation, order or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator except for violations which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.17     Investment Company Act . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 9.18     OFAC/Anti-Corruption Laws .

Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor is the Borrower or any Subsidiary located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.

The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

Section 9.19 Environmental Matters .

Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.19 to the Disclosure Letter:

(a)    to the Borrower’s knowledge, the Borrower, each Subsidiary of the Borrower, and all of their respective properties, assets and operations are in material compliance with all Environmental Laws; neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge of, nor has the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower received notice of, any past, present or future condition, event, activity, practice or incident which interferes with or prevents the material compliance or continued material compliance of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries with all Environmental Laws;

(b)    the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have obtained and maintained, and are in material compliance with, all material Permits, licenses and authorizations that are required under applicable Environmental Laws;

 

62


(c)    except in compliance in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws, during the course of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ownership of or operations on any real Property, there has been no generation, treatment, recycling, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as that term is defined in 40 CFR Part 261 or any state equivalent, use of underground storage tanks or surface impoundments, use of asbestos-containing materials or use of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) in hydraulic oils, electrical transformers or other equipment that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the use which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make and intend to make of their respective properties and assets will not result in the use, generation, storage, transportation, accumulation, disposal or Release of any Hazardous Material on, in or from any of their properties or assets that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d)    neither the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective currently or previously owned or leased Properties or operations is subject to any outstanding or, to their knowledge, threatened order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority or other Person or subject to any judicial or administrative proceeding with respect to (i) failure to comply with Environmental Laws, (ii) Remedial Action or (iii) any Environmental Liabilities arising from a Release or threatened Release, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e)    there are no conditions or circumstances associated with the currently or previously owned or leased Properties or operations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liabilities or to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f)    neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is or operates a treatment, storage or disposal facility requiring a permit under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., the regulations thereunder or any comparable provision of state law, and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower is in compliance with all applicable financial responsibility requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws;

(g)    neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has filed or failed to file any notice required under applicable Environmental Law reporting an unauthorized Release; and

(h)    no Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any property or revenues of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Section 9.20     [Reserved] .

Section 9.21     Employee Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 9.21 to the Disclosure Letter, as of the Closing Date (a) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective employees, is subject to any collective bargaining agreement, (b) no petition for certification or union election is pending with respect to the employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and no union or collective bargaining unit has sought such certification or recognition with respect to the employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (c) there are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or controversies pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower after due inquiry, threatened between the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and its respective employees.

 

63


Section 9.22     Solvency . The Borrower, individually, and the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

ARTICLE 10

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding (other than contingent Obligations under Sections 15.1 and 15.2 for which no claims have been asserted and obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements and Treasury Management Agreements) or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized in full), it will perform and observe the following covenants:

Section 10.1     Reporting Requirements . The Borrower will furnish to the Agent and each Lender:

(a)     Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within seventy-five (75) days (or not later than two (2) Business Days after the date which consolidated financial statements for such period are required to be delivered to the SEC under the Securities Laws) after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower: a copy of the annual audit report of the Borrower for such Fiscal Year containing, on a consolidated basis, a balance sheet and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows as at the end of such Fiscal Year and for the Fiscal Year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and audited and certified on an unqualified basis by Deloitte & Touche LLP or by other independent registered public accounting firm of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent, to the effect that such report has been prepared in accordance with GAAP and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit or with respect to the absence of any material misstatement;

(b)     Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days (or not later than two (2) Business Days after the date which consolidated financial statements for such period are required to be delivered to the SEC under the Securities Laws) for each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending November 2, 2014, a copy of an unaudited financial report of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended containing, on a consolidated basis, a balance sheet and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period of the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail certified by the chief financial officer or Treasurer of the Borrower to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at the date and for the periods indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c)     Compliance Certificate . As soon as available, and in any event accompanying the financial statements delivered in accordance with Section 10.1(a) and Section 10.1(b) , a Compliance Certificate, together with schedules setting forth the calculations supporting the computations therein;

 

64


(d)     Notice of Litigation, Etc. Promptly after receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of notice of the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits and proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e)     Notice of Default . As soon as possible and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, any vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or any assistant treasurer of the Borrower has knowledge of the occurrence of a Default, a written notice setting forth the details of such Default and the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(f)     ERISA . As soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower knows, or has reason to know, that

(i)    any Termination Event with respect to a Plan has occurred or will occur,

(ii)    the aggregate present value of the Unfunded Vested Accrued Benefits under all Plans is equal to an amount in excess of $0 or

(iii)    the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is in “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan required by reason of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ complete or partial withdrawal (as described in Section 4203 or 4205 of ERISA) from such Multiemployer Plan,

the Borrower will provide the Agent and the Lenders with a certificate of its chief financial officer or Treasurer setting forth the details of such event and the action which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto, together with any notice or filing which may be required by the PBGC or any other Governmental Authority with respect to such event;

(g)     Notice of Material Adverse Effect . As soon as possible and in any event within four (4) Business Days of the discovery of any event or condition that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, notice of the same;

(h)     Proxy Statements, Periodic Reporting, Etc. As soon as available, one copy of each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to its stockholders generally and one copy of each regular, periodic or special report, registration statement or prospectus filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with any securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency; and

(i)     General Information . Promptly, such other information concerning the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 10.1(a) , (b)  or (h)  (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 15.12 or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the

 

65


Borrower’s behalf on SyndTrak, IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 10.1(c) to the Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Agent and/or the Arrangers may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on SyndTrak, IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Confidential Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 15.20 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”

Section 10.2     Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business . Except as permitted by Section 11.3 , the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, preserve and maintain (a) its corporate existence and (b) all of its leases, privileges, Permits, franchises, qualifications and rights that are necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business.

Section 10.3     Maintenance of Properties . Except as permitted by Section 11.3 , the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, maintain, keep and preserve all of its material Properties necessary in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

Section 10.4     Taxes and Claims . The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, pay or discharge at or before maturity or before becoming delinquent (a) all taxes, levies, assessments and governmental charges imposed on it or its income or profits or any of its property and (b) all lawful claims for labor, material and supplies, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon

 

66


any of its property; provided that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be required to pay or discharge any tax, levy, assessment or governmental charge or charge for labor, material and supplies (i)(A) which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established or (B) could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) if the failure to pay the same would not result in a Lien on the Property of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Permitted Lien.

Section 10.5     Insurance . To the extent reasonably available at commercially reasonable expense, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep insured by financially sound and reputable insurers that are not Affiliates of the Borrower all Property of a character usually insured by responsible businesses engaged in the same or a similar business similarly situated against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by such corporations or entities and carry such other insurance as is usually carried by such businesses.

Section 10.6     Inspection Rights . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit representatives and agents of the Agent and each Lender, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to the Borrower no more than once per year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to examine, copy and make extracts from the Borrower’s or any of such Subsidiaries’ books and records, to visit and inspect the Borrower’s or any of such Subsidiaries’ Properties and to discuss the business, operations and financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with the officers and independent certified public accountants of such Person. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, authorize its accountants in writing (with a copy to the Agent) to comply with this Section.

Section 10.7     Keeping Books and Records . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

Section 10.8     Compliance with Laws . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all applicable laws (including all Environmental Laws, ERISA, the Code, Regulation U and Regulations T and X of the FRB), rules, regulations, orders and decrees of a material nature of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator other than any such laws, rules, regulations, orders and decrees contested by appropriate actions or proceedings diligently pursued, if adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP and satisfactory to the Agent are established with respect thereto and except for violations which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 10.9     Compliance with Agreements . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all agreements, contracts and instruments binding on it or affecting its properties or business other than such noncompliance which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

67


Section 10.10     Further Assurances .

(a)     Further Assurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, execute and/or deliver pursuant to this clause (a)  such further documentation and take such further action as may be reasonably requested by the Required Lenders to carry out the provisions and purposes of the Loan Documents.

(b)     Subsidiary Joinder . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower to, execute and deliver to the Agent such documentation, including a Joinder Agreement, as the Agent may require to cause each such Domestic Subsidiary to become a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty as required by Article 7 .

Section 10.11     ERISA . With respect to each Plan, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all minimum funding requirements and all other material requirements of ERISA so as not to give rise to any unfunded or unreserved liability in excess of $5,000,000.

ARTICLE 11

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding (other than contingent Obligations under Sections 15.1 and 15.2 for which no claims have been asserted and obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements and Treasury Management Agreements) or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized in full), the Borrower will perform and observe the following covenants:

Section 11.1     Debt . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Debt, except:

(a)    Debt to the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(b)    Debt described on Schedule 9.9 to the Disclosure Letter and any extensions, renewals or refinancings of such existing Debt so long as (i) the principal amount of such Debt after such renewal, extension or refinancing shall not exceed the principal amount of such Debt which was outstanding immediately prior to such renewal, extension or refinancing and (ii) such Debt shall not be secured by any assets other than assets securing such Debt, if any, prior to such renewal, extension or refinancing;

(c) (i)    Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor owed to the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that such Debt must according to its terms be fully subordinate in all respects to any of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness, liabilities or obligations to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to any Loan Document; (ii) Debt between Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors; and (iii) Debt of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor owed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent the related loan or advance was permitted under Section 11.5(b) or 11.5(c) ;

(d)    Guarantees and other Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance and return-of-money bonds, banker’s acceptances and other similar obligations including those of the type described in Section 11.2(f) ;

 

 

68


(e)    Debt constituting purchase money Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) and secured by purchase money Liens permitted by Section 11.2(g) , provided upon the incurrence of any such Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Debt outstanding under this Section 11.1(e) shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) twenty percent (20.0%) of the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth at such time; and any extensions, renewals or refinancings of such Debt so long as (i) the principal amount of such Debt after such renewal, extension or refinancing shall not exceed the principal amount of such Debt which was outstanding immediately prior to such renewal, extension or refinancing and (ii) such Debt shall not be secured by any assets other than assets securing such Debt, if any, prior to such renewal, extension or refinancing

(f)    Debt of the type described in clause (l)  of the definition of Debt, such Debt, in aggregate principal or principal equivalent amount, not to exceed at any time an amount equal to twenty percent (20.0%) of the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth;

(g)    Debt constituting obligations to reimburse worker’s compensation insurance companies for claims paid by such companies on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the policies issued to the Borrower or any such Subsidiary;

(h)    Debt secured by the Liens permitted by Section 11.2(d) and Section 11.2(e) ;

(i)    unsecured Debt arising under, created by and consisting of Treasury Management Agreements or Hedge Agreements, provided , (i) such Hedge Agreements shall have been entered into for the purpose of hedging actual risk and not for speculative purposes and (ii) that each counterparty to such Hedge Agreement shall be a Lender (or an Affiliate thereof) or shall be rated at least AA- by Standard and Poor’s Rating Service or Aa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

(j)    Debt arising from endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(k)    Debt consisting of letters of credit and reimbursement obligations therefor (and Guarantees of such reimbursement obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(l)    Guarantees of Debt to the extent such Debt is otherwise permitted by this Section 11.1 ;

(m)    in addition to the Debt described in the foregoing clauses (a)  through (l) , other Debt of the Borrower and the Guarantors; provided that (i) at the time of incurrence of such Debt, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with Article 12 as of the date of and after giving effect to such incurrence and (ii) to the extent such Debt is secured, such Liens are permitted by Section 11.2(n) ; and

(n)    in addition to the Debt described in the foregoing clauses (a)  through (l) , other Debt of Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Guarantors which does not exceed 10 percent (10.0%) of the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding; provided that to the extent such Debt is secured, such Liens are permitted by Section 11.2(n) .

 

69


Section 11.2     Limitation on Liens and Restrictions on Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except the following:

(a)    existing Liens described on Schedule 11.2 to the Disclosure Letter and the continuation or renewals of Liens in connection with any extensions, renewals or refinancings of the Debt secured by such Liens as permitted under Section 11.1(b) , provided that (i) no such Lien is expanded to cover any additional Property (other than after acquired title in or on such Property and proceeds of the existing collateral) after the Closing Date and (ii) no such Lien is spread to secure any additional Debt after the Closing Date;

(b)    Liens in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the holders of the Obligations;

(c)    encumbrances consisting of easements, zoning restrictions or other restrictions on the use of real Property that do not (individually or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the real Property encumbered thereby or materially impair the ability of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to use such real Property in its business;

(d)    Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges (but excluding environmental Liens or Liens under ERISA) that are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

(e)    contractual or statutory Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, landlords or other similar Liens securing obligations that are not overdue or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP and are incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f)    Liens resulting from deposits to secure payments of worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security programs or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, leases, insurance contracts, surety and appeal bonds, bids and other contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for payment of Debt);

(g)    Liens for purchase money obligations and Liens securing Capital Lease Obligations; provided that (i) the Debt secured by any such Lien is permitted under Section 11.1(e) and (ii) any such Lien encumbers only the Property so purchased or leased and the products, proceeds (including insurance proceeds), accessions, replacements, substitutions and improvements thereto;

(h)    any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting an Event of Default;

(i)    any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublessor under any license or lease and any interest or title of a licensee, lessee or sublessee under any license, cross-license or lease in any event entered into in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement;

(j)    Liens against equipment arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

 

70


(k)    Liens in favor of financial institutions arising as a matter of law or otherwise and encumbering deposits of cash or financial assets (including the right of set-off) held by such financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with deposit or securities accounts, provided that no such account is (x) a dedicated cash collateral account and/or is subject to restrictions against access in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and (y) intended by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the applicable financial institution;

(l)    Liens (including statutory and common law liens) in or against goods, documents or instruments, including proceeds (including insurance proceeds), products, accessions, substitutions and replacements related thereto, related to or arising out of commercial or documentary letter of credit transactions, to the extent that such letter of credit transactions constitute permitted Debt under Section 11.1(k) ;

(m)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods, which customs duties are not overdue; and

(n) Liens securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not exceeding the greater of (x) $60,000,000 and (y) 5% of the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth.

Section 11.3     Mergers, Etc . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to merge with or consolidate with any Person or purchase or otherwise acquire all or a substantial part of the business or Property of any Person or all or a substantial part of the business or Property of a division or branch of a Person or a majority interest in the Capital Stock of any Person, or wind-up, dissolve or liquidate itself; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement as long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a)    a Subsidiary of the Borrower may wind-up, dissolve or liquidate if its Property is transferred to the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(b)    any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or consolidate with the Borrower ( provided the Borrower is the surviving entity) or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ( provided the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is the surviving entity);

(c)    the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may make Permitted Acquisitions; and

(d)    to the extent the Required Lenders agree in writing, the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may make additional acquisitions not included in Permitted Acquisitions.

Section 11.4     [Reserved] .

Section 11.5     Investments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, make or permit to remain outstanding any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or investment in any Person, or purchase or own any stocks, bonds, notes, debentures or other Securities of any Person (all the foregoing, herein “ Investments ”), except:

 

71


(a)    Permitted Acquisitions and other acquisitions permitted under Section 11.3(d) , including for purposes of this clause (a), any Investment in a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is promptly used by such Subsidiary to consummate such Permitted Acquisition or such other acquisition, as applicable;

(b)    the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may make Investments in Domestic Subsidiaries;

(c)    (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may make Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that (A) the aggregate amount of all Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $325,000,000 and (y) twenty-five percent (25.0%) of the Borrower’s consolidated assets at the time of making any such Investment and (B) such Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries which constitute advances, loans, extensions of credit, bonds, notes or debentures owed to the Borrower shall at all times be subordinate in all respects to the Obligations or any indebtedness, liability or obligation of such Foreign Subsidiary to the Agent and the Lenders (if any) under any Loan Document and must otherwise be in compliance with Section 11.1 and Section 11.3 and (ii) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may make Investments in other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors;

(d)    other Investments provided upon making any such Investment, the aggregate amount of all Investments outstanding under this Section 11.5(d) shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $325,000,000 and (y) twenty-five percent (25.0%) of the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth at such time;

(e)    readily marketable direct obligations of the U.S. or any agency thereof with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition;

(f)    fully insured certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank operating in the U.S. having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 and repurchase and reverse repurchase obligations entered into with any such commercial bank;

(g)    commercial paper of a domestic issuer and equity or debt Securities of a domestic issuer if at the time of purchase such paper or debt Securities of such issuer is rated in one of the two highest rating categories of Standard and Poor’s Rating Service or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto;

(h)    Investments received in connection with the settlement of delinquent obligations of, and disputes with, customers and suppliers and other trade debtors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i)    Investments in money market mutual funds registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which funds are rated in one of the two highest rating categories of Standard and Poor’s Rating Service or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto;

(j)    extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and prepayments and other credits to suppliers or vendors made in the ordinary course of business;

 

72


(k)    to the extent permitted under applicable law, the Borrower and any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may make loans and advances to officers, directors and employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices up to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding of not more than $5,000,000;

(l)    Investments existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 11.5 to the Disclosure Letter;

(m)    Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received from any disposition of assets permitted under Section 11.8 ;

(n)    Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 11.1(i) ;

(o)    Investments consisting of purchases of debt Securities or other extensions of credit by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the lessor/purchaser in connection with Permitted Sale-Leasebacks; and

(p)    Guarantees permitted by Section 11.1 .

The amount of Investments pursuant to Section 11.5(c)(i) preceding shall be the amount of all cash or other Property invested, loaned, advanced or otherwise contributed to all Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower pursuant to such clause whether such Investments are made as a single transaction or as one of a series of transactions, and such amount shall be determined at the time of making of each Investment or portion thereof if in connection with a series of transactions.

Section 11.6     Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to at any time issue, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of, except to the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or a transaction permitted under Section 11.8 , (a) any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) any Securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying any rights to acquire any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) any option, warrant or other right to acquire any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Section 11.7     Transactions with Affiliates . Without limiting any other provision of this Article XI , the Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, enter into any transaction, including the purchase, sale or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate (as used in this Section 11.7 the term “Affiliate” shall exclude any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and when such term is used with respect to a Subsidiary of the Borrower, shall exclude the Borrower) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower, except (i) in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (ii) dividends, distributions and share repurchases by the Borrower, (iii) issuances and sales by the Borrower of Capital Stock and receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of such issuances and sales, (iv) reasonable and customary fees paid to, and the reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by, members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) compensation arrangements, indemnification arrangements and agreements, and benefit plans for directors, officers and other employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into or maintained or established in the ordinary course of business; (v) employment and severance agreements or arrangements entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of

 

73


business; and (vi) extraordinary retention, bonus or similar arrangements approved by the Borrower’s board of directors (or a committee thereof).

Section 11.8     Disposition of Assets . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise voluntarily dispose of any of its Property other than (a) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b) sales or other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business in connection with the closing of any retail location of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (c) dispositions of obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business, (d) transfers or dispositions of assets by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (e) transfers or dispositions of assets by the Borrower to a Subsidiary, provided that, with respect to transfers or dispositions to a Foreign Subsidiary, such transfers or dispositions are otherwise permitted by Section 11.5(c) , (f) transfers consisting of the lease or licenses of Property in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (g) other transfers permitted pursuant to this Article XI , and (h) sales or other dispositions of assets in any Fiscal Year where the net book value of the assets disposed of does not exceed the greater of (x) $60,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

Section 11.9     Lines of Business . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, engage in any material line or lines of business activity other than the business activities in which they are engaged on the Closing Date or a business reasonably related, incidental or complementary thereto.

Section 11.10     Limitations on Restrictions Affecting the Borrower and its Subsidiaries . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) shall enter into or assume any agreement (other than the Loan Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien in favor of the Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents upon its Properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or (ii) will create or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual restriction of any kind on the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) pay dividends or make any other distribution on any of a Subsidiary’s Capital Stock, (b) pay any Debt owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (c) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (d) transfer any Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any other Person, or (e) make any prepayment of any of the Obligations, if any such restriction is materially more burdensome to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower than any similar restriction in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to: (1) restrictions and conditions imposed by applicable law; (2) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be); (3) restrictions with respect to the disposition or transfer of assets or property in asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements in respect of transactions not otherwise prohibited hereunder, pending the closing of such disposition or transfer ( provided that in each case (A) the Borrower or any Subsidiary party to any such agreement is the seller, and (B) such restrictions are limited to the property or assets that are the subject of such agreement); (4) customary restrictions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, partnership agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and in respect of transactions not otherwise prohibited hereunder, in each case so long as the joint venture, partnership or other subject of such agreement is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower; (5) restrictions in agreements evidencing Debt permitted by Section 11.1(b) , (e)  or (f)  that impose restrictions on the property financed

 

74


by or the subject of such Debt (including the products, proceeds (including insurance proceeds), accessions, replacements, substitutions and improvements thereto) and restrictions in agreements evidencing Liens permitted by Section 11.2(a) , (f) (g)  or (n)  which affect only the assets subject to such Liens; and (6) restrictions imposed by the Loan Documents (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any agreements in favor of a Lender that incorporate by reference any of the covenants in Article 11 or Article 12 of this Agreement, so long as such agreements are otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement).

Section 11.11     Environmental Protection . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, (a) use (or permit any tenant to use) any of its Properties for the handling, processing, storage, transportation or disposal of any Hazardous Material except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, (b) generate any Hazardous Material except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, (c) conduct any activity that is likely to cause a Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material in violation of any Environmental Law or (d) otherwise conduct any activity or use any of its Properties in any manner that in any material respect violates or is likely to violate any Environmental Law or create any Environmental Liabilities for which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower would be responsible, in each case, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 11.12     ERISA . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to:

(a)    allow or take (or permit any ERISA Affiliate to take) any action which would cause any unfunded or unreserved liability for benefits under any Plan (exclusive of any Multiemployer Plan) in excess of $5,000,000 to exist or to be created; or

(b)    with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, allow or take (or permit any ERISA Affiliate to take) any action which would cause any unfunded or unpaid liability by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Multiemployer Plan in excess of $5,000,000 to exist or to be created, either individually as to any such Plan or in the aggregate as to all such Plans.

Section 11.13     Sanctions . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity, to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Arranger, Agent or otherwise) of Sanctions. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

75


ARTICLE 12

FINANCIAL COVENANT

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding (other than contingent Obligations under Sections 15.1 and 15.2 for which no claims have been asserted and obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements and Treasury Management Agreements) or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized in full), the Borrower shall not permit the Leverage Ratio calculated as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter, for the preceding twelve (12) Fiscal Periods then ending, to exceed 3.50 to 1.0.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULT

Section 13.1     Events of Default . Each of the following shall be deemed an “ Event of Default ”:

(a)    the Borrower shall fail to pay (i) when due and in the currency required any principal owing with respect to any Loan or any L/C Obligation payable under any Loan Document or any part thereof, (ii) within three (3) Business Days of the date due any interest on any Loan or any L/C Obligation or fees payable under the Loan Documents or any part thereof or (iii) within three (3) Business Days after the date the Borrower receives written notice of the failure to pay when due, any other Obligation or any part thereof, or any indebtedness, liability or obligation due to any Lender under any Hedge Agreement;

(b)    any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (or any of their respective officers) in any Loan Document or in any certificate, report, notice or financial statement furnished at any time in connection with any Loan Document shall be false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made;

(c)    the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any covenant, agreement or term contained in Section 2.4 , Section 5.4(a) , Section 10.1 , Section 10.2 , Section 10.6 , Section 10.10 , Article 11 (other than related to non-consensual Liens under Section 11.2 ) or Article 12 ;

(d)    the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any other agreement or term contained in any Loan Document (other than as described in Section 13.1(a) , Section 13.1(b) or Section 13.1(c) ) and (i) such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of (A) the date the Agent provides the Borrower with notice thereof or (B) the date the Borrower should have notified the Agent thereof in accordance with Section 10.1(e) or (ii) as otherwise specifically provided by any other Loan Document;

(e)    the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), (iv) institute any proceeding or file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) admit in writing its inability to or be generally unable to pay its debts as such debts become due or (vii) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

76


(f)    (i) a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application, approval or consent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (A) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (B) the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its Property or (C) similar relief in respect of the Borrower or such Subsidiary under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or readjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) or more days or (ii) an order for relief against the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code;

(g)    the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall fail within a period of thirty (30) days after the commencement thereof to discharge or obtain a stay of any attachment, sequestration, forfeiture or similar proceeding or proceedings involving an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000 against any of its assets or Properties;

(h)    a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance acknowledged by a carrier reasonably acceptable to the Agent) shall be rendered by a court or courts against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged or dismissed (or provision shall not be made for such satisfaction, discharge or dismissal), or a stay of execution or other stay of enforcement thereof shall not be procured, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof and the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, as applicable, shall not, within said period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal;

(i)    the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal of or interest on any Debt (other than the Obligations) beyond the period of grace (if any) if the aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of the affected Debt equals or exceeds $25,000,000, or the maturity of any such Debt shall have been accelerated or shall have been required to be prepaid prior to the stated maturity thereof or (ii) any event shall have occurred with respect to any Debt in the aggregate principal amount equal to or in excess of $25,000,000 that permits the holder or holders of such Debt or any Person acting on behalf of such holder or holders to accelerate the maturity thereof or require any prepayment (other than the right to require any prepayment pursuant to (x) a regularly scheduled option to require the Borrower or any Subsidiary to repurchase or prepay such Debt or (y) any redemption, repurchase or prepayment voluntarily initiated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary) thereof; provided that no early payment requirement or unwinding or termination with respect to any Hedge Agreement shall, in and of itself, constitute an Event of Default under this subsection (i) unless there occurs under any related Hedge Agreement an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Hedge Agreement) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Hedge Agreement as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Hedge Agreement as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is an Affected Party (as so defined);

 

77


(j)    this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any of the Loan Documents;

(k)    any of the following events shall occur or exist with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and in each case, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, have subjected or could in the reasonable opinion of the Agent or the Required Lenders subject the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (or any combination thereof) to any tax, penalty or other liability to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan, the PBGC or otherwise (or any combination thereof) which in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to exceed $25,000,000: (i) any Prohibited Transaction involving any Plan; (ii) any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan; (iii) the filing under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or the termination of any Plan; (iv) any event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds entitling the PBGC to institute proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or for the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the institution by the PBGC of any such proceedings; or (v) the complete or partial withdrawal under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA from a Multiemployer Plan or the reorganization, insolvency or termination of any Multiemployer Plan; or

(l)    the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Section 13.2     Remedies; Application of Funds . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Agent may (and if directed by the Required Lenders, shall) do any one or more of the following:

(a)     Acceleration . By notice to the Borrower, declare all outstanding principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower under the Loan Documents immediately due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, protest or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower except as where required by the specific terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b)     Termination of Commitments . Declare the Commitments and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(c)     Cash Collateralization . Require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof);

(d)     Judgment . Reduce any claim to judgment;

(e)     Rights . Exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by the laws of the State of California, or any other jurisdiction governing any of the Loan Documents, by equity or otherwise; and

provided , however , that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 13.1(e) or Section 13.1(f) with respect to the Borrower or any Guarantor, the Commitments of all of the Lenders and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit

 

78


Extensions shall automatically terminate and the outstanding principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower or any other party under the Loan Documents shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Agent or any Lender, and in each case without notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, protest or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

(f)     Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 13.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 13.2 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Agent and amounts payable under Article 6 ) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of any Lender or the L/C Issuer) and amounts payable under Article 6 ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to (a) payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Borrowings, liabilities under any Hedge Agreement with any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender and as to which the Agent has received notice of the amounts owed thereunder from the applicable Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender party to a Hedge Agreement, (b) payment of amounts due under any Treasury Management Agreement between any Loan Party and any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender and (c) Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, ratably among the Lenders (or Affiliate thereof, as the case may be) and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by law.

Subject to Section 3.3 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

 

79


Section 13.3     Performance by the Agent . Upon the occurrence of a Default, if the Borrower or any Guarantor shall fail to perform any agreement in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, the Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, perform or attempt to perform such agreement on behalf of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable. In such event, at the request of the Agent, the Borrower shall promptly pay any amount expended by the Agent or the Lenders in connection with such performance or attempted performance, to the Agent at the Principal Office together with interest thereon at the Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans from the date of such expenditure to the date such expenditure is paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that neither the Agent, the Arrangers, nor any Lender shall have any liability or responsibility for the performance of any obligation of the Borrower or any Guarantor under any Loan Document.

Section 13.4     Set-off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender (after obtaining the prior written consent of the Agent) is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrower or any other Person (any such notice being hereby expressly waived), to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding any account established by the Borrower as a fiduciary for another party) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under any Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand under such Loan Documents and although the Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness; provided , that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of set-off, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of set-off. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) after any such set-off and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights and remedies of each Lender hereunder are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.

Section 13.5     Continuance of Default . For purposes of all Loan Documents, a Default shall be deemed to have continued and exist until the Agent shall have actually received evidence satisfactory to the Agent that such Default shall have been remedied.

ARTICLE 14

THE AGENT

Section 14.1     Appointment and Authority . Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Except with respect to the consent requirements under Section 14.6 , the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have

 

80


rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 14.2     Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 14.3     Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(a)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(c)    shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 15.10 and 13.2 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 8 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

 

81


Section 14.4     Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of any Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 14.5     Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent. The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non appealable judgment that the Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

Section 14.6     Resignation of Agent . The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees

 

82


payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Sections 15.1 and 15.2 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

Any resignation by Bank of America as Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 14.7     Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 14.8     Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower or any Guarantor, the Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(i)    to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Agent under Sections 3.9 , 3.10 , 4.6 , 4.7 , 4.8 , 15.1 and 15.2 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii)    to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, in the event that the Agent shall consent to the making of such

 

83


payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agent under Sections 4.7 , 15.1 and 15.2 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

Section 14.9     Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranties if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder. Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 14.9 .

Section 14.10     No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners, Arrangers or Syndication Agents, Co-Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 15.1     Attorney Costs, Expenses and Documentary Taxes . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agent for, promptly after presentation of supporting documents, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated) and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs, (b) to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (c) to pay or reimburse the Agent and each Lender for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and in connection with the Loans or Letters of Credit issued hereunder (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any insolvency law), including all Attorney Costs. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and documentary taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by the Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 15.1 shall be payable within thirty (30) Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.

 

84


Section 15.2     Indemnification; Damage Waiver .

(a)     Indemnification by the Borrower . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Related Parties (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (limited, in the case of Attorney Costs, to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole and, if necessary, of a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and, solely in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each applicable jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitee) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or, in the case of the Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding), whether brought by a third-party, the Borrower or a Guarantor, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (y) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (z) arise solely from a dispute among Indemnitees (except when and to the extent that one of the parties to such dispute was acting in its capacity as or fulfilling its role as Agent, L/C Issuer, Swingline Lender, Arranger or other similar capacity and, in such case, excepting only such party) that does not involve any act or omission of the Borrower or any of its affiliates.

(b)     Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 15.1 or clause (a)  of this Section to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Commitment Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted

 

85


against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (b)  are subject to the provisions of Section 5.8(c) .

(c)     Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(d)     Payments . All amounts due under this Section 15.2 shall be payable within thirty (30) Business Days after demand therefor.

(e)     Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

Section 15.3     No Duty . All attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other professional Persons and consultants retained by any of the Agent, the Arrangers or any Lender shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to the Borrower or any Guarantor, any shareholders of the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other Person.

Section 15.4     No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its controlled Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agent and the Arrangers, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its controlled Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent and the Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Agent and the Arrangers each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its controlled Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Agent nor the Arrangers has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its controlled Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Agent and the Arrangers and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its controlled Affiliates, and neither the Agent nor the Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower and its controlled Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agent and the Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

86


Section 15.5     Equitable Relief . The Borrower recognizes that in the event the Borrower or any Guarantor fails to pay, perform, observe or discharge any or all of the Obligations under the Loan Documents, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Agent and the Lenders. The Borrower therefore agrees that the Agent and the Lenders, if the Agent or the Required Lenders so request, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

Section 15.6     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure on the part of the Agent or any Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document (including the imposition of the Default Rate) shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising set-off rights in accordance with Section 13.4 (subject to the terms of Section 5.7 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Borrower or any Guarantor under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 5.7 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

Section 15.7     Successors and Assigns .

(a)    The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of clause (b)  of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (d)  of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (f)  of this

 

87


Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (d)  of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)    Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and its Loans (including for purposes of this clause (b) , participations in L/C Obligations and in Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) (A)    in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the related Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender no minimum amount need be assigned;

(B)    in any case not described in clause (b)(i)(A) of this subsection, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $10,000,000 unless each of the Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single assignee (or to an assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met,

(ii)    Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned.

(iii)    No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A)    the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(B)    the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

 

 

88


(C)    the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

(D)    the consent of the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of Revolving Loans and the Commitments.

(iv)    The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided , however , that the Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v)    No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) a natural person.

(vi)    In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Commitment Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to clause (c)  of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 6.1 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 15.1 and 15.2 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender and, if applicable, shall deliver a replacement Note to the assignor Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that

 

89


does not comply with this clause (b)  shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (d)  of this Section. From time to time upon request of the Borrower, the Agent will inform the Borrower of the identities of all Lenders and their respective Commitments.

(c)    The Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Principal Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary, and any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as the Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee, or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Obligations. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d)    Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, but with notice to, the Borrower and the Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swingline Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 15.2(b) without regard to the existence of any participation. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that a Lender selling a participation may, in any agreement with a Participant, give such Participant the right to consent to any matter which (A) extends the Maturity Date as to such Participant or any other date upon which any payment of money is due to such Participant, (B) reduces the rate of interest owing to such Participant, any fee or any other monetary amount owing to such Participant, (C) reduces the amount of any installment of principal owing to such Participant or (D) releases all or substantially all of the Guarantors of their obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty. Subject to clause (e)  of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 6.1 , 6.5 and 6.6 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant shall be also entitled to the benefits of Section 13.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 5.7 as though it were a Lender.

(e)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 6.1 , 6.5 or 6.6 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender

 

90


if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 6.5 or 6.6 unless such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 15.21 as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the Agent and the Borrower shall be third-party beneficiaries of such covenant).

(f)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America or Wells Fargo, as applicable, assigns all of its Commitment and Revolving Loans owing to it pursuant to clause (b)  above, (i) Bank of America or Wells Fargo, as applicable, may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer and/or (ii) Bank of America, may upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swingline Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder (and upon acceptance of such appointment by a Lender, such Lender shall be such successor L/C Issuer and/or such successor Swingline Lender); provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender or Wells Fargo as L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If Bank of America or Wells Fargo resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to fund Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 3.3 ). If Bank of America resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to fund Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 . Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swingline Lender, (1) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be and (2) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America or Wells Fargo, as applicable, to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America or Wells Fargo, as applicable, with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 15.8     Survival . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any extension of credit hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding. Without prejudice to the survival of any other obligation of the Borrower hereunder, the obligations under Article 6 , Section 15.1 and Section 15.2 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments.

 

91


Section 15.9     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents and any letter agreements referred to herein, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

Section 15.10     Amendments and Waivers . Any provision of any Loan Document may be amended or waived and any consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom may be granted if, but only if, such amendment, waiver or consent is in writing and is signed by the Borrower, and the Required Lenders; provided that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a)    waive any condition set forth in Section 8.1(a) without the written consent of each Lender;

(b)    extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment theretofore terminated) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c)    postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(d)    reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv)  of the second proviso to this Section 15.10 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend (i) the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) amend the financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(e)    change Section 13.2 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f)    amend Section 1.6 or 1.7 or the definition of “Alternative Currency” without the written consent of each Lender;

(g)    change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or

(h)    release all or substantially all the Guarantors from the Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender;

and, provided further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under

 

92


this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it, (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary the Agent and the Borrower may amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any other Loan Document to cure or correct administrative errors or omissions, any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency or to effect administrative changes or to extend an existing Lien over additional property, and such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to such Loan Document so long as (i) such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or other holder of Obligations in any material respect and (ii) the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment.

Section 15.11     Maximum Interest Rate . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excessive interest shall be applied to the principal of the Obligations or, if it exceeds the unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations.

Section 15.12     Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .

(a)     General . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail, sent by electronic mail as permitted by subsection (b) below or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

93


(i)    if to the Borrower, the Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 15.12 ; and

(ii)    if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto, (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt of such delivery has been confirmed by telephone from the receiving party and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, as provided in clause (b)  below; provided that notices and other communications to the Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article 3 and Article 4 shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b)     Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail, FpML messaging, and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article 3 and Article 4 if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor, provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c)     The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent or any of its Related

 

94


Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Platform, any other electronic platform or electronic messaging services or through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d)     Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Agent from time to time to ensure that the Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e)     Reliance by Agent and Lenders . The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notice (including telephonic notices of borrowing, Conversion and Continuation) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agent may be recorded by the Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Section 15.13     Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process .

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

 

95


(b)    ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE.

Section 15.14     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 15.15     Severability . Any provision of any Loan Document held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of such Loan Document and the effect thereof shall be confined to the provision held to be invalid or illegal.

Section 15.16     Headings . The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 15.17     Construction . The Borrower, each Guarantor (by its execution of the Loan Documents to which it is a party), the Agent and each Lender acknowledges that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review the Loan Documents with its legal counsel and that the Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the parties thereto.

Section 15.18     Independence of Covenants . All covenants under the Loan Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default if such action is taken or such condition exists.

Section 15.19     Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR

 

96


HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 15.20     Confidentiality . The Agent, each Lender and each Participant shall use any confidential non-public information concerning the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is furnished to the Agent or such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) solely for the purpose of evaluating and providing products and services to them and administering and enforcing the Loan Documents, and it will hold the Confidential Information in confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent and each Lender may disclose Confidential Information (a) to their Affiliates or any of their or their Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, auditors, counsel, advisors or representatives (collectively, the “ Representatives ”) whom it determines need to know such information for the purposes set forth in this Section, (b) to any bank or financial institution or other entity to which such Lender has assigned or desires to assign an interest or participation in the Loan Documents or the Obligations, provided that any such foregoing recipient of such Confidential Information agrees to keep such Confidential Information confidential as specified herein, (c) to any Governmental Authority (or self regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) having or claiming to have authority to regulate or oversee any aspect of the Agent’s or such Lender’s business or that of their Representatives in connection with the exercise of such authority or claimed authority, (d) to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect or preserve the Agent’s or such Lender’s or any of their Affiliates’ security (if any) for any Obligation or to enforce any right or remedy or in connection with any claims asserted by or against the Agent or such Lender or any of their Representatives, (e) to the extent required by applicable law or pursuant to any subpoena or any similar legal process, (f) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (g) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations and (h) with the consent of the Borrower. For purposes hereof, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information that (x) is in the Agent’s or a Lender’s possession prior to its being provided by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such information is not known by the Agent or such Lender to be subject to another confidentiality agreement with, or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality to, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (y) is or becomes publicly available (other than through a breach hereof by the Agent or such Lender) or (z) becomes available to the Agent or such Lender on a nonconfidential basis; provided , further , that the source of such information was not known by the Agent or such Lender to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

97


Each of the Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

Section 15.21     Foreign Lenders . Each Foreign Lender (including an Eligible Assignee that is a Foreign Lender and a Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender) shall deliver to the Agent, prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or after accepting an assignment of an interest or purchasing a participation herein), two (2) duly signed completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or such other evidence satisfactory to the Borrower and the Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall (a) promptly submit to the Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant U.S. taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current U.S. laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Borrower and the Agent of any available exemption from U.S. withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (b) promptly notify the Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption and (c) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Foreign Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Applicable Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable laws that the Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Foreign Lender. If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. If such Foreign Lender fails to deliver the above forms or other documentation, then the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Foreign Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code, without reduction. If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Agent did not properly withhold any tax or other amount from payments made in respect of such Foreign Lender, such Foreign Lender shall indemnify the Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Agent. The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

 

98


Section 15.22     Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement amends, restates and replaces in its entirety the Existing Agreement. All rights, benefits, indebtedness, interest, liabilities and obligations of the parties to the Existing Agreement are hereby amended, restated, replaced and superseded in their entirety according to the terms and provisions set forth herein. All indebtedness, liabilities and obligations under the Existing Agreement, including all promissory notes executed by the Borrower pursuant thereto, are hereby renewed by this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents executed by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and shall, from and after the Closing Date, be governed by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrower represents and warrants that as of the date hereof there are no claims or offsets against, or defenses or counterclaims to, its obligations under this Agreement, the Existing Agreement or any of the other agreements, documents or instruments executed in connection herewith or therewith. To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower waives any and all such claims, offsets, defenses and counterclaims, whether known or unknown, arising prior to the Closing Date and relating to the Existing Agreement or this Agreement.

Section 15.23     USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

Section 15.24     Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Agent from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Agent in such currency, the Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

 

99


Section 15.25     Replacement of Lenders .

If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 6.1 , (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 6.6 , (iii) a Lender (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) does not consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document that has been approved by the Required Lenders as provided in Section 15.10 but requires unanimous consent of all Lenders or all Lenders directly affected thereby (as applicable) or (iv) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 15.7 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a)    the Borrower shall have paid to the Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 15.7(b) ;

(b)    such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 6.5 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 6.1 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 6.6 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d)    such assignment does not conflict with applicable laws; and

(e)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Non-Consenting Lender’s failure to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document, the applicable replacement bank, financial institution or Fund consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination;

provided , further , that the failure by such Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 15.25 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Lender of an Assignment and Acceptance.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 15.26     Payments Set Aside .

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied

 

100


shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 15.27     Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents .

The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Acceptances, amendments or other modifications, and notices of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it; and provided further , without limiting the foregoing, upon the request of any party, any electronic signature shall be promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart.

Section 15.28     Release of Guarantors .

A Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender to) execute and deliver to the Borrower, at the Borrower’s expense, all documents that the Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Agent.

Section 15.29     Termination of Agreement .

At such time as all principal and interest on the Loans, all L/C Borrowings, all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under the Loan Documents (other than contingent Obligations under Sections 15.1 and 15.2 for which no claims have been asserted and obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements and Treasury Management Agreements) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments shall have been terminated and all Letters of Credit either shall no longer be outstanding or shall have been Cash Collateralized in full, this Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty and all obligations (other than obligations which by their express terms survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments or this Agreement) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and thereunder shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

 

101


Section 15.30     Keepwell .

Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time a Guaranty by any Loan Party that is not then an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (a “ Specified Loan Party ”) or the grant of a security interest under the Loan Documents by any such Specified Loan Party, in either case, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under the applicable Guaranty voidable under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable debtor relief laws, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Loan Party intends this Section to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Section 15.31     California Judicial Reference .

If any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, (a) the parties agree, and hereby agree to advise the applicable court, that the adjudication of any such action or proceeding (and all related claims) shall be made pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 by a referee (who shall be a single active or retired judge) who shall hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding (whether of fact or of law) and report a statement of decision, provided that at the option of any party to such proceeding, any such issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined by the court, and (b) without limiting the generality of Sections 15.1 and 15.2 , the Borrower shall be solely responsible to pay all fees and expenses of any referee appointed in such action or proceeding.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

102


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

   

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.,

a Delaware Corporation

    By:   /s/ Julie P. Whalen
    Name:   Julie P. Whalen
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

103


AGENT:

   

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Agent

    By:   /s/ Joan Mok
    Name:   Joan Mok
    Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

104


LENDERS:

   

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender

    By:   /s/ Brandon J. Kirkbride
    Name:   Brandon J. Kirkbride
    Title:   Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

105


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender and L/C Issuer

By:   /s/ Lacy Houstoun
Name:   Lacy Houstoun
Title:   Director

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

106


U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Joyce P. Dorsett
Name:   Joyce P. Dorsett
Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

107


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Alex Rogin
Name:   Alex Rogin
Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

108


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Samuel Coward
Name:   Samuel Coward
Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

109


KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Marianne T. Meil
Name:   Marianne T. Meil
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

110


MUFG UNION BANK, N.A. f/k/a/ UNION BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Lauren Hom
Name:   Lauren Hom
Title:   Director

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

111


FIFTH THIRD BANK,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Gary S. Losey
Name:   Gary S. Losey
Title:   VP – Corporate Banking

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

112


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Winston Lua
Name:   Winston Lua
Title:   Director

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

113


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Christian Sumulong
Name:   Christian Sumulong
Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

 

114

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Effective as of January 1, 2005, as amended and restated on December 1, 2014)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

   “Bankruptcy Court Approval”      1   

1.2

   “Beneficiary”      1   

1.3

   “Board of Directors” or “Board”      1   

1.4

   “Bonus”      1   

1.5

   “Change of Control Event”      2   

1.6

   “Code”      2   

1.7

   “Committee”      2   

1.8

   “Company”      2   

1.9

   “Compensation”      2   

1.10

   “Corporate Dissolution”      2   

1.11

   “Deferral Account”      2   

1.12

   “Disability” or “Disabled”      3   

1.13

   “Domestic Relations Order”      3   

1.14

   “Election Form”      3   

1.15

   “Eligible Employee”      3   

1.16

   “Employer”      3   

1.17

   “ERISA”      3   

1.18

   “401(k) Plan”      3   

1.19

   “Fund” or “Funds”      3   

1.20

   “Participant”      4   

1.21

   “Plan”      4   

1.22

   “Plan Year”      4   

1.23

   “Plan Year Subaccount”      4   

1.24

   “Retirement”      4   

1.25

   “Salary”      4   

1.26

   “Separation from Service”      4   

1.27

   “Specified Employee”      5   

1.28

   “Unforeseeable Emergency”      5   

1.29

   “Year of Service”      5   

SECTION 2 PARTICIPATION

     5   

2.1

   Participation      5   

2.2

   Continuing Participation      5   

SECTION 3 COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

     6   

3.1

   Elections to Defer Compensation      6   

3.2

   Deemed Investment Elections      8   

3.3

   Cancellation of Compensation Deferrals      9   

SECTION 4 ACCOUNTING

     10   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

4.1

   Deferral Accounts      10   

4.2

   Accounting Methods      10   

4.3

   Periodic Reports      11   

SECTION 5 VESTING

     11   

SECTION 6 DISTRIBUTIONS

     11   

6.1

   Distribution on Retirement or Disability      11   

6.2

   Distribution on Separation from Service Not Due to Retirement, Disability or Death      13   

6.3

   Distribution on Death      13   

6.4

   Scheduled In-Service Distributions      13   

6.5

   Required Six-Month Delay in Payment for Specified Employees      14   

6.6

   Acceleration of Payment(s) Permitted Under Certain Circumstances      14   

6.7

   Unforeseeable Emergency      15   

6.8

   Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary      15   

6.9

   Domestic Relations Order Distributions.      16   

SECTION 7 CHANGE OF CONTROL

     16   

7.1

   No New Participants Following Change of Control      16   

7.2

   No Deferrals Following a Change of Control      16   

7.3

   Discretionary Termination and Accelerated Plan Distributions 30 Days Prior to or Within 12 Months Following a Change in Control      16   

SECTION 8 TERMINATION DUE TO CORPORATE DISSOLUTION OR PURSUANT TO BANKRUPTCY COURT APPROVAL

     16   

8.1

   Corporate Dissolution      16   

8.2

   Bankruptcy Court Approval      17   

SECTION 9 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

     17   

9.1

   Beneficiary      17   

9.2

   Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent      17   

9.3

   Acknowledgment      17   

9.4

   No Beneficiary Designation      17   

9.5

   Doubt as to Beneficiary      18   

9.6

   Discharge of Obligations      18   

9.7

   Death of Spouse or Dissolution of Marriage      18   

SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     18   

10.1

   Committee      18   

10.2

   Committee Action      19   

10.3

   Powers and Duties of the Committee      19   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

10.4

   Decisions of the Committee and its Delegates      20   

10.5

   Eligibility to Participate      20   

10.6

   Compensation and Expenses      20   

10.7

   Information      20   

10.8

   Indemnity      20   

SECTION 11 CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE

     21   

11.1

   Presentation of Claim      21   

11.2

   Non-Disability Claims      21   

11.3

   Disability Claims.      22   

11.4

   Exhaustion of Claims and Review Procedure and Legal Action.      25   

SECTION 12 MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     25   

12.1

   Companies’ Obligations Limited      25   

12.2

   Right to Amend or Terminate      25   

12.3

   Retroactive Amendment Permitted      25   

12.4

   Effect of Termination      25   

SECTION 13 GENERAL

     26   

13.1

   Unsecured General Creditors      26   

13.2

   Restriction Against Assignment      26   

13.3

   Governing Law      26   

13.4

   Receipt and Release      26   

13.5

   Tax Withholding      27   

13.6

   Severability      27   

13.7

   No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment      27   

13.8

   Captions      27   

13.9

   No Employment Rights      27   

13.10

   Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity      27   

13.11

   Rights and Duties      28   

EXECUTION

     29   

 

-iii-


WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Effective as of January 1, 2005, as amended and restated on December 1, 2014)

Williams-Sonoma, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby establishes this Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of January 1, 2005 (the “Effective Date”), as amended and restated on December 1, 2014. This amendment and restatement shall be effective commencing with deferrals made under the Plan during the Plan’s December 2014 open enrollment period.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide certain supplemental retirement income benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company and its affiliates who have been selected for participation in the Plan. The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan that is intended to (1) qualify for the exemptions provided in sections 201, 301 and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and applicable guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “Code Section 409A”).

From and after the Effective Date, this Plan replaces the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Pre-2005 Executive Deferral Plan, as amended, which was frozen to new deferrals effective after December 31, 2004 so as to qualify the amounts deferred on or before December 31, 2004 under such prior plan for “grandfather” treatment under Code Section 409A.

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

1.1     “Bankruptcy Court Approval” means the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(1)(A).

1.2     “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant, as provided in Section 9.

1.3     “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

1.4     “Bonus” means any cash incentive compensation that is payable to an Eligible Employee, in addition to his or her Salary, which the Committee, in its discretion, has designated as being eligible for deferral under the Plan.


1.5     “Change of Control Event” means a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as defined under Code Section 409A.

1.6     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code will include such section, any valid regulation or other Treasury Department or Internal Revenue Service guidance promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such section.

1.7     “Committee” means the administrative committee charged with responsibility for the general administration of the Plan pursuant to Section 10, as it may be constituted from time to time.

1.8     “Company” means the Employer and each corporation, trade or business that is, together with the Employer, a member of a controlled group of corporations or under common control (within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b) or (c)); provided, however, that in applying Code Sections 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b) and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code Section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50 percent” will be used instead of “at least 80 percent” at each place it appears in such sections.

1.9     “Compensation” means the Salary and Bonus (if any) of an Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee’s Compensation will not include any other type of remuneration, including any severance pay.

1.10     “Corporate Dissolution” means a dissolution of the Company that is taxed under Code Section 331.

1.11     “Deferral Account” means, for each Participant, the bookkeeping account maintained by the Committee for the Participant under Section 4.1 which will be the sum of the Participant’s Plan Year Subaccount(s).

 

-2-


1.12     “Disability” or “Disabled” means (a) the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (b) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer. The Committee will determine whether or not a Participant is Disabled based on such evidence as the Committee deems necessary or advisable.

1.13     “Domestic Relations Order” means a court order that qualifies as a domestic relations order under Code Section 414(p)(1)(B).

1.14     “Election Form means the form, which may be in electronic format, prescribed from time to time by the Committee that an Eligible Employee or Participant must properly complete, sign and return to the Committee (or its designated agent) to make an election under the Plan.

1.15     “Eligible Employee means a member of a group of select management or highly compensated employees of the Company who is at the level of Vice President or above and has been notified that he or she has been selected by the Committee (in its sole discretion) to participate in the Plan.

1.16     “Employer” means Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and any successor corporation.

1.17     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Reference to a specific section of ERISA will include such section, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such section.

1.18     “401(k) Plan” means the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 401(k) Plan, as amended from time to time.

1.19     “Fund” or “Funds” means one or more of the mutual funds or other investment vehicles selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2.1.

 

-3-


1.20     “Participant” means an individual who (a) has become a Participant in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1, and (b) has not ceased to be a Participant pursuant to Section 2.2.

1.21     “Plan” means the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan , as set forth herein and as hereafter amended from time to time.

1.22     “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

1.23     “Plan Year Subaccount” means, with respect to a Participant, the bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Committee for the Participant under Section 4.1 to reflect, for each Plan Year, the deferrals of Salary made by the Participant for such Plan Year, the deferrals of Bonuses (if any) made by the Participant for the fiscal year of the Company which includes the last day of such Plan Year, any deemed earnings credited thereon, and any withdrawals and/or distributions debited thereto.

1.24     “Retirement” means a Participant’s Separation from Service on or after his or her attainment of both age fifty-five (55) and five (5) Years of Service.

1.25     Salary” means the base pay that is payable to an Eligible Employee by the Company with respect to services performed during any period by the Employee and does not include any other type of remuneration (such as any severance payments, commissions, overtime, bonuses, or fringe benefits). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee’s Salary will be calculated before any reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Employee pursuant to all qualified and nonqualified plans of the Company and will be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 132, 402(e)(3) or 402(h) pursuant to plans or arrangements maintained by the Company; provided, however, that such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.

1.26     “Separation from Service” means a Participant’s “separation from service” as defined in Code Section 409A. For this purpose, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, except that if the period of such leave exceeds six (6) months and the Participant does not retain a right to re-employment under an applicable statute or by contract, then the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such six-month period. A leave of absence constitutes a bona fide leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Company.

 

-4-


1.27     “Specified Employee” means a Participant who, as of the date of his or her Separation from Service, is a key employee of the Company. For this purpose, a Participant is a key employee if he or she meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) (disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5)). As of 2008, this generally includes (a) the top fifty (50) Company officers with compensation greater than $150,000 per year, (b) a 5% owner of the Company, or (c) a 1% owner of the Company with compensation greater than $150,000 per year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “compensation” means compensation as such term is defined in the 401(k) Plan for purposes of Code Section 415.

1.28     “Unforeseeable Emergency” means (a) a severe financial hardship to a Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or his or her spouse, Beneficiary or dependent (as defined in section 152 of the Code, but without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) thereof), (b) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, not as a result of a natural disaster), or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The Committee will determine whether or not a Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Emergency based on such evidence as the Committee deems necessary or advisable.

1.29     “Year of Service” means a full year in which a Participant has been continuously employed by the Company. For this purpose, a year of employment will be a 365 day period (or 366 day period in the case of a leap year) that, for the first year of employment, commences on the Employee’s date of hire and that, for any subsequent year, commences on an anniversary of that hiring date. Periods during which an Eligible Employee is on a paid leave of absence or suffers from a Disability will be deemed to be periods of continuous employment.

SECTION 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1     Participation . An Eligible Employee will become a Participant in the Plan by electing to defer his or her Compensation in accordance with Section 3.

2.2     Continuing Participation .  An Eligible Employee who has become a Participant will continue to be a Participant until all of his or her benefits are distributed under the Plan. The Committee may determine at any time, in its sole discretion, that a Participant is no longer an Eligible Employee. In the event a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, if such individual has not undergone a Separation from Service, he or she shall continue to make Compensation deferral contributions under the Plan through the end of the Plan Year in which he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee or such longer period required to avoid taxation under Code Section 409A. Thereafter, such individual shall not make any further Compensation deferral contributions to the Plan unless or until he or she again becomes an Eligible Employee.

 

-5-


SECTION 3

COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1     Elections to Defer Compensation .  Each Eligible Employee’s decision to defer his or her Compensation under the terms of the Plan will be entirely voluntary.

3.1.1     General Timing Rule for Compensation Deferral Elections. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.1, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer Compensation that is payable for services performed during any Plan Year by submitting an Election Form to the Committee on or before the deadline established by the Committee, in its discretion (the “Submission Deadline”), which in no event may be later than the December 31 that immediately precedes such Plan Year. Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.1.1 will become irrevocable effective as of the Submission Deadline, except as otherwise specified in the Plan.

3.1.2     Timing Rule for Compensation Deferral Elections of Newly-Eligible Employees. An individual who first becomes an Eligible Employee during any Plan Year may elect to defer Compensation that is payable for services performed after the election, as described below, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee on or before the Submission Deadline, which in no event may be later than thirty (30) days after he or she first becomes an Eligible Employee (the “Initial Election Period”). However, no such deferral election may be made if the Eligible Employee was previously eligible to participate in this Plan or in any other plan that is required to be aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 409A. A Compensation deferral election that is made by an Eligible Employee during the Initial Election Period will be effective only (a) with respect to Salary that is payable for services performed beginning with the first pay period immediately following the end of the Initial Election Period, and (b) with respect to the portion of the Bonus (if any) that is payable for services performed after the end of the Initial Election Period, which shall be determined by multiplying the total Bonus (or the percentage of the total Bonus that was deferred) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in the Plan Year after the initial election becomes irrevocable, and the denominator of which is 365 (or 366 in the event of a leap year). Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.1.2 will become irrevocable effective as of the Submission Deadline, except as otherwise specified in the Plan.

3.1.3     Timing Rule for Bonus Deferral Elections. An Eligible Employee may elect to defer any Bonus that is payable for services performed during any fiscal year of the Company, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee on or before the Submission Deadline, which in no event may be later than the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Company. Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.1.3 will become irrevocable effective as of the Submission Deadline, except as otherwise specified in the Plan.

 

-6-


3.1.4     Timing Rule for Performance-Based or Bonus Compensation Deferral Elections. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1.3, if the Committee (in its discretion) determines that an Eligible Employee’s Bonus qualifies as “performance-based compensation” as defined in Code Section 409A (“Performance-Based Compensation”) or (effective before January 1, 2009) “bonus compensation” that is based on services performed over a period of at least twelve (12) months (as determined under Internal Revenue Notice 2005-1, Q/A-22) (“Bonus Compensation”), then the Eligible Employee may, if the Committee, in its discretion, permits such, elect to defer such Performance-Based or Bonus Compensation (as the case may be) by submitting an Election Form to the Committee on or before the Submission Deadline, which in no event may be later than six (6) months before the end of the performance/ service period. In order for an Eligible Employee to be eligible to make a deferral election for Performance-Based Compensation in accordance with the deadline established pursuant to this Section 3.1.4, he or she must have performed services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period for such Compensation or the date on which the performance criteria for such Compensation was established through the date on which the deferral election is made; provided, however, that no such election may be made after the amount of such Compensation has become readily ascertainable. Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.1.4 will become irrevocable effective as of the Submission Deadline, except as otherwise specified in the Plan.

3.1.5     Amount of Deferral. Subject to the other limitations set forth in this Section 3.1, the amount of Compensation that an Eligible Employee may elect to defer is as follows:

(a)    Any whole percentage of Salary up to seventy-five percent (75%); and/or

(b)    Any whole percentage of Bonus up to one hundred percent (100%).

3.1.6     Maximum Deferrals. To the extent permissible under Code Section 409A, a Participant’s Salary or Bonus deferral amount in any Plan Year will be limited to the extent that the amount of the Salary or Bonus remaining undeferred in that Plan Year is less than the amount of payroll taxes that the Company will owe on the Participant’s Compensation and all other compensation that he or she receives from the Company in that Plan Year. In addition, an election to defer Salary or Bonus will not be effective to the extent it exceeds the maximum amount set forth in Section 3.1.5.

3.1.7     Minimum Deferrals. For each Plan Year for which a Participant elects to defer any portion of his or her Salary, the minimum percentage of Salary that may be deferred is five percent (5%) or such lesser percentage (but not below zero percent) as may be established by the Committee pursuant to rules adopted by it and applied in a uniform manner.

3.1.8     Limitation on Changes to Deferral Amounts. Notwithstanding any contrary Plan provision, the dollar amount of any Compensation deferrals may not be reduced or increased by virtue of any Participant election to increase, decrease or terminate his or her rate of deferral in any other Company employee benefit plan, except as permitted under Code Section 409A with respect to changes in deferral elections under the 401(k) Plan or a Code Section 125 cafeteria plan (or as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A).

 

-7-


3.1.9     Duration of Salary Deferral Election. Any Salary deferral election made under Section 3.1.1 or 3.1.2 will be irrevocable with respect to the Plan Year for which it is made, and will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in the Participant’s Salary, until changed or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Subject to the other limitations set forth in this Section 3.1, an Eligible Employee may increase, decrease or cancel his or her Salary deferral election for any subsequent Plan Year in accordance with Section 3.1.1.

3.1.10     Duration of Bonus Deferral Election. Any Bonus deferral election made under Section 3.1.2, 3.1.3 or 3.1.4 will be irrevocable with respect to the Bonus that is otherwise payable for services performed during the Company’s fiscal year for which the election is made. Subject to the other limitations set forth in this Section 3.1, an Eligible Employee may make a new deferral election with respect to any Bonus that is payable for services performed during any subsequent fiscal year of the Company in accordance with Section 3.1.3 or 3.1.4 (as applicable).

3.1.11     Year-End Cross-Over Payroll Periods. In the case of a Participant’s Salary deferral election, any payroll period that relates to a period of service that crosses over the calendar year end will be covered by the Participant’s deferral election (if any) in effect for the immediately preceding year.

3.1.12     USERRA Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Committee may (in its discretion) provide an Eligible Employee with a Compensation deferral election to satisfy the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended (“USERRA”), if applicable.

3.2     Deemed Investment Elections .

3.2.1     Selection of Funds. The Committee will select the Funds whose performance will measure the amounts to be credited to the Deferral Accounts of Participants pursuant to Section 4.1(c). The Committee may, in its discretion, change its selection of the Funds at any time. If a Participant has elected pursuant to Section 3.2.2 to make a deemed investment of all or a portion of his or her Plan Year Subaccount in a Fund which the Committee decides to discontinue, his or her Plan Year Subaccount will be deemed invested after such discontinuance in the continuing Fund which the Committee determines, in its discretion, most nearly resembles the discontinued Fund.

3.2.2     Deemed Investment Election. The Committee will provide each Participant with a list of the Funds available for hypothetical investment of his or her Deferral Account balance. The Participant will designate, when the Participant makes deferral elections under Section 3.1, on the form prescribed by the Committee for such purpose, one or more of such Funds in which each of his or her Plan Year Subaccounts will be deemed to be invested. The Participant may make a separate designation for each of his or her Plan Year Subaccounts. In making the designation pursuant to this Section 3.2.2, the Participant may specify that all or any whole percentage of at least one percent (1%) of his or her Plan Year Subaccount balance be deemed to be invested in one or more of the Funds. If a Participant does not elect to have his or her Plan Year Subaccount deemed invested in any of the Funds as described in this Section 3.2.2, then the Plan Year Subaccount automatically will be deemed invested in the Plan’s default Fund, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

-8-


3.2.3     Changes in Deemed Investment Elections. On or before the twentieth (20 th ) day of any calendar month (or such later day as may be prescribed by the Committee, in its discretion, but not later than the last day of the calendar month), a Participant may change the designation of the Funds in which the balances of any of his or her Plan Year Subaccounts will be deemed to be invested. Such change may be made with respect to any whole percentage of at least ten percent (10%) of a Plan Year Subaccount balance. Such change must be made by timely filing an Election Form with the Committee reflecting such change. Such change will be effective as of the first day of the immediately following calendar month. The Committee may provide for more rapid effectiveness of allocation changes for all Participants and for more liberal ability to reallocate deemed investments.

3.2.4     No Actual Investment. Notwithstanding any contrary Plan provision, the Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and the Company will not be obligated in any way to actually invest any money in the Funds, or to acquire or maintain any actual investment. In the event that the Company, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investments on which the Funds are based, no Participant or any other person will have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Deferral Account balance will at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and will not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company; the Participant will at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.

3.3     Cancellation of Compensation Deferrals . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of Section 3.1:

3.3.1     Hardship Distribution under 401(k) Plans. In the event that a Participant receives a hardship distribution under the 401(k) Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company that contains a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k) (collectively, the “401(k) Plans”), the Participant’s Compensation deferrals (if any) under this Plan will be cancelled for a period of six (6) months from the date that the Participant received such hardship distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s Compensation deferrals will not be so cancelled if the Committee determines that such cancellation is not required in order to preserve the tax-qualification of the 401(k) Plans.

3.3.2     Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant’s deferral election shall be automatically cancelled in the event the Participant obtains an unforeseeable emergency distribution from the Plan pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof. The Participant, if still an Eligible Employee, may re-enroll in the Plan in the next open enrollment period.

3.3.3     Irrevocability of Prior Compensation Deferrals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s election to make Compensation deferrals under Section 3.1 will be irrevocable as to amounts already deferred as of the effective date of any cancellation in accordance with this Section 3.3.

 

-9-


3.3.4     Resumption of Compensation Deferrals. A Participant whose Compensation deferrals have been cancelled pursuant to this Section 3.3 may later resume making Compensation deferrals under the Plan only in accordance with Section 3.1.

SECTION 4

ACCOUNTING

4.1     Deferral Accounts . The Committee will establish and maintain the Plan Year Subaccounts and the Deferral Account (which will be the sum of all Plan Year Subaccounts) for each Participant. Each Plan Year Subaccount of each Participant will be further divided into separate subaccounts (“Fund Subaccounts”), each of which corresponds to a Fund elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2. Each Plan Year Subaccount of each Participant will be credited as follows:

(a)    Within five (5) business days after deferred Salary has been withheld from a Participant’s paycheck, the Committee will credit each of the Participant’s Fund Subaccounts with amounts equal to the deferred Salary in accordance with the Participant’s election under Section 3.2; that is, the portion of the Participant’s deferred Salary that he or she has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain Fund will be credited to the Fund Subaccount corresponding to that Fund.

(b)    Within five (5) business days after a deferred Bonus has been withheld from a Participant’s paycheck, the Committee will credit each of the Participant’s Fund Subaccounts with amounts equal to the deferred Bonus in accordance with the Participant’s election under Section 3.2; that is, the portion of the Participant’s deferred Bonus that he or she has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain Fund will be credited to the Fund Subaccount corresponding to that Fund.

(c)    At least once in each calendar month, each Fund Subaccount of a Participant’s Plan Year Subaccount will be credited with deemed earnings on the Fund corresponding to that Fund Subaccount.

(d)    Any distribution or withdrawal from Participant’s Plan Year Subaccount will be charged to the Plan Year Subaccount as soon as practicable after such distribution or withdrawal is made. The amount of a distribution or withdrawal charged to a Participant’s Plan Year Subaccount will be charged to the Fund Subaccounts in such Plan Year Subaccount in the proportions of the relative balances of such Fund Subaccounts as of the date such distribution or withdrawal is valued.

4.2     Accounting Methods . The accounting methods or formulae to be used under the Plan for the purpose of maintaining the Participants’ Deferral Accounts, including the exact times and method for crediting any deemed earnings, will be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided, however that the exact times and/or method for crediting such deemed earnings will be uniform among all Participants.

 

-10-


4.3     Periodic Reports . Under procedures established by the Committee, each Participant will be furnished with a periodic statement of his or her Deferral Account, reflecting the status of his or her interest in the Plan, at least once with respect to each Plan Year.

SECTION 5

VESTING

Subject to the provisions of Sections 13.1 (Participants are unsecured general creditors) and 13.5 (Company’s right to deduct required tax withholding), a Participant’s Deferral Account balance at all times will be one hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable.

SECTION 6

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1     Distribution on Retirement or Disability .

6.1.1     Time for Payment. Subject to the other provisions of Section 6 below, a distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account balance will be made or commenced on either the quarter following the Participant’s Retirement or Disability or the date (which must be the first day of a calendar year) a number of years after the Participant’s Retirement or Disability (the “Retirement Payment Eligibility Date”), as designated by the Participant in his or her initial and annual deferral elections and which number may differ for different Plan Year Subaccounts. If the Participant makes no such designation, then the “Retirement Payment Eligibility Date” will be the calendar quarter immediately following the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the same calendar year.

6.1.2     Form of Payment. The distribution in Section 6.1.1 will be paid in a cash lump sum or quarterly installments over five (5), ten (10), fifteen (15) or twenty (20) years, as designated by the Participant in his or her deferral elections in respect of any Plan Year Subaccount. If the Participant makes no such designation, then such distribution will be paid in a cash lump sum. In no event shall any Plan payments be made more than twenty-two (22) years following a Participant’s Separation from Service. Any payment scheduled to be made more than twenty-two (22) years following a Participant’s Separation from Service shall be paid with the last scheduled payment with the twenty-two (22) year period.

6.1.3     Installment Payments. If a Participant’s Deferral Account balance is to be paid in quarterly installments pursuant to Section 6.1.2, his or her first installment will be equal to the balance then credited to the Account, divided by the number of installments to be made. Each subsequent installment will be paid to the Participant on the first day of the immediately following calendar quarter, or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the same calendar year, and will be equal to the balance then credited to the Account, divided by the number of installments remaining to be paid. While a Participant’s Deferral Account is in installment payout status, the unpaid Account balance will continue to be credited with deemed earnings pursuant to Section 4.1(c). All installment payments under the Plan will be considered a single payment for purposes of complying with Code Section 409A.

 

-11-


6.1.4     Postponement of Retirement Payment Eligibility Date.

(a)    Subject to the other provisions of Section 6, a Participant may elect to extend the Retirement Payment Eligibility Date for his or her Plan Year Subaccounts (the “Prior Retirement Payment Eligibility Date”) by submitting an Election Form to the Committee to that effect, provided that the following requirements are met: (a) the new election will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the Election Form is submitted; (b) if the new election relates to a payment on account of Retirement, the new Retirement Payment Eligibility Date is at least five (5) years after the Prior Retirement Payment Eligibility Date; and (c) the Election Form is submitted no less than twelve (12) months before the Prior Retirement Payment Eligibility Date. A Retirement Payment Eligibility Date that has been so extended may be further extended by submitting another Election Form in the manner and at the times specified in this Section 6.1.4. In no event, however, will a Plan payment be made more than thirty years following the initial Retirement Eligibility Date. If a Plan payment is scheduled to be made more than thirty years following the initial Retirement Eligibility Date, it will instead be paid out in the thirtieth year following the initial Retirement Eligibility Date.

(b)    Because Plan installment payments are considered a single payment for purposes of Code Section 409A, a subsequent election may accelerate the method of distribution. For example, if a Participant initially elected to receive Retirement or Disability payments in five annual installments following her Retirement Eligibility Date, she could make a timely election to instead take a lump-sum distribution five years following her Retirement Eligibility Date. Moreover, a subsequent election may change a lump-sum distribution to an installment election, so long as, in either case, the initial payment is delayed for a period of at least five (5) years, the election is not effective for one (1) year and is made at least one (1) year in advance of the date upon which the first distribution would have otherwise been made.

(c)    Because installment payments are treated as a single payment under the Plan, any subsequent election must apply to all of the installment payments for a particular Plan Year Subaccount. For example, if a Participant initially elected to receive Retirement or Disability payments relating to her 2009 Plan Year Subaccount in five annual installments following her Separation from Service, the Participant may not elect to defer the 1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd and 5 th installments only, but must also defer the 4 th installment.

6.1.5     Automatic Lump Sum Payment . Notwithstanding any other Plan provisions, if, on the date of a Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, their Deferral Account totals, less than $15,000, then all of the Deferral Account shall be distributed in a lump-sum in the calendar quarter immediately following such Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability, or, in the case of Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee, in the seventh month following such Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, within 60 days following the death of the Specified Employee); provided, however, that in the event such Deferral Accounts increases in value so that the value exceeds $15,000 on the scheduled payment date, such Deferral Account shall instead be paid in accordance with the Plan and plans and the Participant’s deferral elections.

 

-12-


6.2     Distribution on Separation from Service Not Due to Retirement .  Subject to a 6-month delay as specified in section 6.5, the Deferral Account balance of a Participant who has neither died nor incurred a Disability and who undergoes a Separation from Service for any reason other than due to Retirement will be distributed in the form of a cash lump sum in the calendar quarter immediately following the Separation from Service, or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the same calendar year containing such quarter.

6.3     Distribution on Death. If a Participant dies while some or all of his or her Deferral Account balance is in installment payout status, the balance credited to the Deferral Account as of the last day of the calendar month in which the Participant dies will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a cash lump sum in the calendar quarter immediately following the calendar quarter in which the Participant dies, or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the same calendar year in which such payment date occurs. In all other cases of the Participant’s death, the balance then credited to his or her Deferral Account will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a cash lump sum in the calendar quarter immediately following the calendar quarter in which the Participant dies.

6.4     Scheduled In-Service Distributions.

(a)    In connection with each election to defer his or her Compensation under the Plan, a Participant may elect to receive a “Scheduled In-Service Distribution” from the Plan with respect to such deferral. The Scheduled In-Service Distribution that is equal to the Plan Year Subaccount corresponding thereto shall be a single lump sum payment. Subject to the other terms and provisions of the Plan, each Scheduled In-Service Distribution elected shall be paid in January of the Plan Year that is two or more years after the end of the Plan Year in which the applicable Compensation is earned or commences to be earned (e.g., deferral elections in 2014 for Compensation that is earned or commences to be earned in 2015 may specify a January distribution date in 2018 or later), as elected by the Participant in accordance with such administrative procedures established by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should an event occur prior to January of a Plan Year in which a Scheduled In-Service Distribution is payable that triggers a distribution under another provision of Section 6, the deferral corresponding to such Scheduled In-Service Distribution under this Section 6.4 shall instead be paid in accordance with the other applicable provision of Section 6.

(b)    Subject to the other provisions of Section 6, a Participant may elect to extend the Scheduled In-Service Distribution date for his or her Plan Year Subaccounts (the “Prior Scheduled In-Service Distribution Date”) by submitting an Election Form to the Committee to that effect, provided that the following requirements are met: (a) the new election will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the Election Form is submitted; (b) the new Scheduled In-Service Distribution date is at least five (5) years after the Prior Scheduled In-Service Distribution Date; and (c) the Election Form is submitted no less than twelve (12) months before the Prior Scheduled In-Service Distribution Date. A Scheduled In-Service Distribution Date that has been so extended may be further extended by submitting another Election Form in the manner and at the times specified in this Section 6.4(b). In no event, however, will a Plan payment be made more than thirty years following the initial Scheduled In-Service Distribution date. If a Plan payment is scheduled to be made more than thirty years following the initial Scheduled In-Service Distribution date, it will instead be paid out in the thirtieth year following the initial Scheduled In-Service Distribution date.

 

-13-


6.5     Required Six-Month Delay in Payment for Specified Employees . Except as permitted by the Plan and Code Section 409A in connection with a Corporate Dissolution, pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court Approval, a conflicts of interest or ethics rules distribution under Section 6.6.2, a FICA and related income tax distribution under Section 6.6.3, a state, local or foreign tax distribution under Section 6.6.5, or a Code Section 409A distribution under Section 6.6.4, in no event may a Specified Employee’s account be distributed on account of his or her Separation from Service earlier than six (6) months following the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service (or if earlier, the Specified Employee’s death). In the event a Specified Employee’s Plan distributions are delayed due to the six-month delay requirement, the amounts otherwise payable to the Specified Employee during such period of delay shall be paid on a date that is at least six months and one day following Separation from Service, but no later than the end of the calendar year in which such six month and one day period ends (or, if earlier, within 60 days following the death of the Specified Employee).

6.6     Acceleration of Payment(s) Permitted Under Certain Circumstances . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 6 and except as otherwise provided below:

6.6.1     Compliance With Ethics Agreements. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account balance to the extent necessary for any U.S. federal officer or employee in the executive branch of the U.S. federal government to comply with an ethics agreement with the U.S. federal government, as specified in Code Section 409A.

6.6.2     Compliance With Ethics Laws or Conflicts of Interest Laws. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account balance to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid a violation of an applicable U.S. federal, state, local or foreign ethics law or conflicts of interest law, as specified in Code Section 409A.

6.6.3     Payment of Employment Taxes. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account balance sufficient to pay any Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax due under Code Sections 3101, 3121(a) and 3121(v)(2) on amounts deferred under the Plan (the “FICA Amount”), as well as to satisfy the corresponding tax withholding requirements with respect to the FICA Amount and the additional income tax payments due pursuant to this Section 6.6.3, as specified in Code Section 409A. In no event, however, may the total accelerated payment under this Section 6.6.3 exceed the aggregate of the FICA Amount and the related income tax withholding.

6.6.4     Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code. Subject to Section 6.5, in the event that the Plan fails to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account up to the maximum amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

-14-


6.6.5     Payment of State, Local or Foreign Taxes. Subject to Section 6.5, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account sufficient to pay any state, local or foreign tax obligations arising from participation in the Plan that apply to an amount deferred under the Plan before the scheduled distribution of such amount, as specified in Code Section 409A. In the event the Committee exercises such discretion, the Committee may also permit a distribution sufficient to pay related income tax withholding in accordance with Code Section 409A. In no event, however, may the total payment under this Section 6.6.5 exceed the aggregate amount of such taxes due.

6.6.6     Certain Offsets. Subject to Section 6.5, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account balance as satisfaction of a debt of the Participant to the Company, as specified in Code Section 409A.

6.6.7     Bona Fide Disputes as to a Right to a Payment. Subject to Section 6.5, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Account balance in accordance with Code Section 409A where such distribution occurs as part of a settlement between the Participant and the Company of an arm’s length, bona fide dispute as to the Participant’s right to the deferred amount.

6.7     Unforeseeable Emergency .  If a Participant incurs an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that all or part of the Participant’s Deferral Account balance will be distributed to him or her in a cash lump sum payment on the date that immediately follows the date on which the Committee determines that the Participant has incurred the Unforeseeable Emergency; provided, however, that the amount paid to the Participant pursuant to this Section 6.7 will be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency (which may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the payment). Also, no payment under this Section 6.7 will be made to the extent that the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship), or by the cancellation of the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals in accordance with Section 3.3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any determination to accelerate the distribution of the Deferral Account of any member of the Committee under this Section 6.7 will be made by the Board.

6.8     Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary . If the Committee is unable to locate a Participant or his or her Beneficiary on any date on which a distribution is to be made from such Participant’s Deferral Account, the Company will retain the distribution which was to be made on such date until such time as the Committee can locate the Participant or Beneficiary; provided, however, that the Company may deduct from such retained distributions all taxes which are required to be withheld by the Company. No additional deemed earnings will be credited pursuant to Section 4.1(c) on any distribution retained pursuant to

 

-15-


this Section 6.8. If the Committee is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary within five (5) years following a date on which a distribution is to be made from such Participant’s Deferral Account, the amount of such distribution will be forfeited. In seeking to locate a Participant or Beneficiary, the Committee may take any reasonable action, but will not be required to take any action other than communicating by registered mail to the address or addresses last provided to the Committee by the Participant or Beneficiary.

6.9     Domestic Relations Order Distributions. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate a payment (or payments) or make such payments to an individual other than the Participant as necessary to comply with the terms of a Domestic Relations Order.

SECTION 7

CHANGE OF CONTROL

7.1     No New Participants Following Change of Control . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that no individual may commence participation in the Plan following a Change of Control Event.

7.2     No Deferrals Following a Change of Control . To the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that Plan deferrals shall cease as of the date of a Change of Control Event.

7.3     Discretionary Termination and Accelerated Plan Distributions 30 Days Prior to or Within 12 Months Following a Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other Plan provisions, the Board, in its sole discretion, may terminate the Plan and accelerate all scheduled Plan distributions within 30 days prior to or 12 months following a Change in Control Event by means of an irrevocable election; provided that such termination and distribution acceleration complies with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

SECTION 8

TERMINATION DUE TO CORPORATE DISSOLUTION OR PURSUANT

TO BANKRUPTCY COURT APPROVAL

8.1     Corporate Dissolution . The Board, in its sole discretion, may terminate the Plan and accelerate all scheduled Plan distributions within 12 months following a Corporate Dissolution; provided that such termination and distribution acceleration complies with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

-16-


8.2     Bankruptcy Court Approval . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may terminate the Plan and accelerate all scheduled Plan distributions pursuant to Bankruptcy Court Approval; provided that such termination and distribution acceleration complies with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

SECTION 9

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

9.1     Beneficiary . Each Participant will have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant under such rules as is established by the Committee. The Beneficiary designated under the Plan may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Participant participates.

9.2     Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent . A Participant may designate his or her Beneficiary by properly completing and signing the form prescribed by the Committee for such purpose (the “Beneficiary Designation Form”), and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent in accordance with such rules and procedures as is established by the Committee. A Participant will have the right to change his or her Beneficiary by properly completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as his or her Beneficiary, spousal consent to such designation is required to be provided in the form designated by the Committee, signed by that Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee or its designated agent. Upon the proper completion, submission and acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed will be cancelled. The Committee will be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form, which has been properly completed and submitted by the Participant in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures established with respect to the filing of such forms, and accepted by the Committee or its designated agent prior to the Participant’s death.

9.3     Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary will be effective until properly completed, submitted, and accepted by the Committee or its designated agent in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Committee for this purpose.

 

-17-


9.4     No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in this Section 9 or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to the complete distribution of the Participant’s Deferral Account balance under the Plan, then the Participant’s surviving spouse will be deemed to be the designated Beneficiary of the Participant. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, any benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary will be paid to the Participant’s estate in care of the duly appointed and currently acting personal representative of the estate (which includes either the Participant’s probate estate or living trust). In any case where there is no such personal representative of the Participant’s estate duly appointed and acting in that capacity within ninety (90) days after the Participant’s death (or such extended period as the Committee determines is reasonably necessary to allow such personal representative to be appointed, but not to exceed one hundred eight (180) days after the Participant’s death), then such benefits will be paid to the person or persons who can verify by affidavit or court order to the satisfaction of the Committee that they are legally entitled to receive such benefits under the Plan.

9.5     Doubt as to Beneficiary . If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee will have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Company to withhold such payments until such matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.

9.6     Discharge of Obligations . The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary will fully and completely discharge the Company and the Committee from all further obligations under the Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s rights (if any) under the Plan will terminate upon such full payment of benefits.

9.7     Death of Spouse or Dissolution of Marriage . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Beneficiary designation will be deemed to be automatically revoked if the Participant names his or her spouse as his or her Beneficiary and the marriage to such spouse is later dissolved. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the interest in benefits of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant or whose marriage has been dissolved will automatically pass to the Participant, and will not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor will such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

SECTION 10

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

10.1     Committee . The Committee is hereby designated as the administrator of the Plan (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(16)(A)). The Committee will consist of not less than one person, who will be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Compensation Committee of the Board. A member of the Committee may resign at any time by notice in writing mailed or delivered to the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Compensation Committee of the Board may remove any member of the Committee by resolution at any time. Any vacancies in the membership of the Committee will be filled by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

-18-


10.2     Committee Action .  The Committee will act at meetings by the affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to or contemporaneously with such action, a written consent to the action is signed by all members of the Committee, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee. The Chairperson or any other member or members of the Committee designated by the Chairperson may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Committee.

10.3     Powers and Duties of the Committee . The Committee will enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms, will be charged with the general administration of the Plan, and will have full discretion, power, and authority necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following discretionary powers:

(a)    To construe and interpret the meaning and validity of the provisions of the Plan and to determine any question arising under, or in connection with, the administration, operation, or validity of the Plan or any amendment thereto;

(b)    To determine who are Eligible Employees, subject to the limitations described in the Plan;

(c)    To cause a Deferral Account and/or Plan Year Subaccounts to be maintained for each Participant;

(d)    To decide any and all considerations affecting the eligibility of any employee to become a Participant or remain a Participant in the Plan;

(e)    To determine the manner and form for making elections under the Plan;

(f)    To determine, establish and revise an accounting method or formula for the Plan, as provided in Section 4.2;

(g)    To determine the status and rights of Participants and their spouses, Beneficiaries or estates;

(h)    To administer the claims and review procedures set forth in Section 12;

(i)    To establish, from time to time, rules for the performance of its powers and duties and for the administration of the Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(j)    To delegate to any one or more of its members or to any other person, severally or jointly, the authority to perform for and on behalf of the Committee one or more of the functions of the Committee under the Plan;

(k)    To arrange for the distribution to each Participant of a statement of any benefits accrued under the Plan, at least annually; or

 

-19-


(l)    To decide all issues and questions regarding Deferral Account and/or Plan Year Subaccount balances, and the time, form, manner and amount of distributions to Participants or their Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

10.4     Decisions of the Committee and its Delegates .  All actions, interpretations, and decisions of the Committee (and its delegates) will be conclusive and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law.

10.5     Eligibility to Participate . No member of the Committee who is also an employee of the Company will be excluded from participating in the Plan if otherwise eligible, but he or she will not be entitled, as a member of the Committee, to act or pass upon any matters pertaining specifically to his or her own Deferral Account under the Plan.

10.6     Compensation and Expenses . The members of the Committee will serve without compensation for their services under the Plan. The Committee is authorized at the expense of the Employer to employ such legal counsel, accountants and other advisers as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties under the Plan. Any expenses and fees incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan by the Committee, or otherwise, will be paid and borne by the Employer.

10.7     Information . To enable the Committee to perform its functions under the Plan, each Company will supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters related to the Compensation of all Participants, their deaths or other cause of their Separations from Service, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

10.8     Indemnity . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Company will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the Committee and each member thereof, the Board of Directors, and any delegate of the Committee who is an employee of the Company, against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees as they are incurred to defend against such liabilities and claims arising out of their discharge in good faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than expenses and liabilities arising out of willful misconduct. This indemnity will not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise.

 

-20-


SECTION 11

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE

11.1     Presentation of Claim . If a Participant or Beneficiary (a “Claimant”) asserts a right to a benefit under the Plan which has not been received, the Claimant must file a written claim for such benefit with the Committee. All other claims must be made in writing and filed with the Committee within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. Any claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant. The claims and review procedure set forth in this Section 13 will be administered in accordance with ERISA Section 503. Any written notice that is required to be given to the Claimant may, at the option of the Committee and in accordance with applicable guidance issued under ERISA Section 503, be provided electronically.

11.2     Non-Disability Claims .

11.2.1     Notification of Decision. The Committee will consider a Claimant’s claim (other than a claim for benefits due to a Disability) (a “Non-Disability Claim”) within a reasonable time, but no later than ninety (90) days after its receipt of the Claim, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the Claim, in which case written notice of the extension will be furnished to the Claimant before the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period. In no event will such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on the Non-Disability Claim. The Committee will notify the Claimant in writing:

(a)    that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the Non-Disability Claim has been allowed in full; or

(b)    that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, which notice will set forth:

(i)    the specific reason(s) for the denial of the Claim;

(ii)    specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which the denial was based;

(iii)    a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the Claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv)    an explanation of the Plan’s Claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedure; and

(v)    a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review (as set forth in Section 11.4).

11.2.2     Review of a Denied Non-Disability Claim. On or before sixty (60) days after receiving a notice from the Committee that the Claimant’s Non-Disability Claim has been

 

-21-


denied, in whole or in part, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the Claim. The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

(a)    may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in ERISA) to the Non-Disability Claim;

(b)    may submit written comments or other documents to the Committee; and/or

(c)    may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

11.2.3     Decision on Review of the Non-Disability Claim. The Committee will render its decision on review promptly, but not later than sixty (60) days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s timely written request for a review of the denial of the Non-Disability Claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for reviewing the Non-Disability Claim, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the Claimant before the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event will such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial sixty (60) day period. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on review. In rendering its decision, the Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant (if any) relating to the Non-Disability Claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial Claim determination. If the Committee wholly or partly denies the Non-Disability Claim on review, the Committee will provide written notice to the Claimant which will set forth:

(a)    the specific reasons for the denial of the Claim;

(b)    the specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial was based;

(c)    a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in ERISA) to his or her Claim for benefits; and

(d)    a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

-22-


11.3     Disability Claims .

11.3.1     Notification of Decision . The Committee will consider a Claimant’s claim for benefits due to a Disability (a “Disability Claim”) within a reasonable time, but no later than forty-five (45) days after its receipt of the Claim, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time to process the Claim, in which case written notice of the extension will be furnished to the Claimant before the termination of the initial forty-five (45) day period. In no event will such extension exceed a period of thirty (30) days from the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period. However, if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an additional extension of time to process the Disability Claim, the Committee will notify the Claimant in writing before the end of the initial thirty (30) day extension period. In no event will such additional extension exceed a period of thirty (30) days from the end of the initial thirty (30) day extension period. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on the Disability Claim. The extension notice also will explain the standards on which the entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the Disability Claim and the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and notice that the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information. The Committee will notify the Claimant in writing:

(a)    that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the Disability Claim has been allowed in full; or

(b)    that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, which notice will set forth:

(i)    the specific reason(s) for the denial of the Claim;

(ii)    specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which the denial was based;

(iii)    a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the Claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv)    an explanation of the Plan’s Claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedure;

(v)    a copy of any internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criteria relied on in denying the Claim or a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criteria was relied on in denying the Claim and that a copy of it will be provided without charge upon request; and

(vi)    a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review (as set forth in Section 11.4).

11.3.2     Review of a Denied Disability Claim. On or before one hundred eighty (180) days after receiving a notice from the Committee that the Claimant’s Disability Claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the Claim. The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

 

-23-


(a)    may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in ERISA) to the Disability Claim;

(b)    may submit written comments or other documents to the Committee; and/or

(c)    may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

11.3.3     Decision on Review of the Disability Claim . The Committee will render its decision on review promptly, but not later than forty-five (45) days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s timely written request for a review of the denial of the Disability Claim, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the Claim, in which case written notice of the extension will be furnished to the Claimant before the termination of the initial forty-five (45) day period. In no event will such extension exceed a period of forty-five (45) days from the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on the Disability Claim. In rendering its decision, the Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant (if any) relating to the Disability Claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial Claim determination. The review of the denied Disability Claim will not be conducted by the individual who decided the Claimant’s initial Claim nor the subordinate of such individual. In deciding an appeal of any denied Disability Claim that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Committee will consult with a health care professional (who will neither be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial Claim denial nor the subordinate of such individual) who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment. Any medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Committee in connection with the denial of the Disability Claim will be identified, regardless of whether the advice was relied upon in denying the Claim. If the Committee wholly or partly denies the Disability Claim on review, the Committee will provide written notice to the Claimant which will set forth:

(a)    the specific reasons for the denial of the Claim;

(b)    specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial was based;

(c)    a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in ERISA) to the Claimant’s Claim for benefits;

(d)    a copy of any internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criteria relied on in denying the Claim or a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criteria was relied on in denying the Claim and that a copy of it will be provided without charge upon request; and

 

-24-


(e)    a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

11.4     Exhaustion of Claims and Review Procedure and Legal Action .

No action in law or equity may be brought more than one (1) year after the Committee’s affirmation of a denial of a claim under the Plan, or, if earlier, more than four (4) years after the facts or events giving rise to the Claimant’s allegation(s) or claim(s) first occurred.

SECTION 12

MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

12.1     Companies’ Obligations Limited . The Companies intend to continue the Plan indefinitely, and to maintain each Participant’s Deferral Account until it is scheduled to be paid to him or her in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. However, the Plan is voluntary on the part of the Companies and the Companies do not guarantee to continue the Plan. The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, at any time may, by amendment of the Plan, suspend or discontinue Compensation deferrals under the Plan, with or without cause.

12.2     Right to Amend or Terminate . The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may amend or, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, in such manner as it may determine, at any time and for any reason; provided, however that no such amendment or termination will have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant’s Deferral Account on the date of such amendment or termination. The Board of Directors may from time to time make any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy Code Section 409A, ERISA or other applicable laws.

12.3     Retroactive Amendment Permitted . An amendment made by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 12.2 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it was adopted if such amendment is necessary or appropriate to enable the Plan to satisfy the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A, ERISA or other applicable laws or to conform the Plan to any change in applicable laws or to any regulations or rulings thereunder, so long as such retroactive amendment is permitted by applicable law.

12.4     Effect of Termination . If the Plan is terminated pursuant to this Section 12, then no further Compensation deferrals may be made under the Plan and the balances credited to the Deferral Accounts of the affected Participants will be distributed to them at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 6.

 

-25-


SECTION 13

GENERAL

13.1     Unsecured General Creditors . All amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account under the Plan will continue for all purposes to be a part of the general assets of the Company. Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs or successors will have no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interest in any specific property or assets of any Company. No assets of the Company will be held under a trust, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of any obligations of the Company under the Plan. The Plan will not cause the Company’s assets to be pledged or restricted. The Company’s obligations (if any) under the Plan will be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of that Company to pay money in the future, and the rights of the Participants and their Beneficiaries will be no greater than those of unsecured general creditors of the Company. The Company may, but need not, acquire investments corresponding to the Funds, and it is under no obligation to maintain any investment it may make. Any such investments, if made, will be in the name of the Company, and will be its sole property in which no Participant or Beneficiary will have any interest. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

13.2     Restriction Against Assignment .  The Company will pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person or persons designated by the Plan and not to or for any other person. No part of a Participant’s Deferral Account will be liable for the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or successors in interest, nor will a Participant’s Deferral Account be subject to execution by levy, attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable proceeding, nor will any such person have any right to alienate, anticipate, transfer, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that a Deferral Account hereunder may be transferred to a Participant’s former spouse pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. Any purported alienation, anticipation, transfer, commutation, pledge, encumbrance, or assignment will be void and of no effect.

13.3     Governing Law . The Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any contrary Plan provision, the Plan will be construed, administered and enforced in a manner that is consistent with such intent. The Plan also will be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, and to the extent not preempted by ERISA, the applicable laws of the State of California (other than its conflict of laws provisions).

13.4     Receipt and Release . Any payment to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan will, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of any and all claims against the Committee and/or the Company.

 

-26-


13.5     Tax Withholding .

Notwithstanding any contrary Plan provision, the Company will have the right to deduct from a Participant’s Deferral Account and/or any payments due to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary under the Plan any and all taxes determined by the Committee to be applicable with respect to such benefits. If any taxes, including employment taxes with respect to the Deferral Account, are required to be withheld prior to the time of payment, the Company may withhold such amounts from other compensation that is payable to the Participant by the Company.

13.6     Severability . If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of the Plan, and in lieu of each provision which is held invalid or unenforceable, there will be added as part of the Plan a provision that will be as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid, legal, and enforceable.

13.7     No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment; Disclaimer . Participants (or their Beneficiaries) will be completely responsible for all taxes with respect to any benefits under the Plan. The Committee, the Board of Directors and the Companies make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment to any person of any deferrals or payments made under the Plan. Neither the Companies nor any of their employees shall have any liability to any Participant should the Plan or its administration fail to comply with Code Section 409A.

13.8     Captions . The captions contained in and the table of contents prefixed to the Plan are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of the Plan nor in any way will affect the construction of any provision of the Plan.

13.9     No Employment Rights . Neither the establishment or maintenance of the Plan, the making of any deferrals under the Plan nor any action of any Company or the Committee, will be held or construed to confer upon any person any right to be employed by the Company, nor upon dismissal, any right or interest in any specific assets of the Companies other than as provided in the Plan. Each Company expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee at any time, with or without cause or notice.

13.10     Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity . In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person who, in the sole judgment of the Committee, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefor, the Committee may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination will constitute a full release and discharge of any and all claims against the Committee and/or the Company.

 

-27-


13.11     Rights and Duties . Neither the Company nor the Committee will be subject to any liability or duty under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan, or for any action taken, omitted or incurred in good faith.

 

-28-


EXECUTION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Williams-Sonoma, Inc., by its duly authorized officer, has executed this Plan on the date indicated below.

 

    WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
   

/s/ Julie Whalen

Dated: December 18, 2014     By: Julie P. Whalen
    Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

-29-

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES

The following is a list of subsidiaries of Williams-Sonoma, Inc., omitting subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of February 1, 2015:

 

Subsidiary Name    Jurisdiction/Date of Incorporation

Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc.

  

California, October 11, 1984

Williams-Sonoma DTC, Inc.

  

California, October 26, 2000

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 33-60787, No. 333-39811, No. 333-48750, No. 333-58026, No. 333-134897, No. 333-118351, No. 333-169318 and No. 333-176410 on Form S-8 of our report dated April 2, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2015.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Francisco, California

April 2, 2015

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Laura J. Alber, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 2, 2015

 

By:  

/ S /    L AURA J. A LBER

 

Laura J. Alber

 

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Julie P. Whalen, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 2, 2015

 

By:  

/ S /    J ULIE P. W HALEN

 

Julie P. Whalen

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended February 1, 2015 of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Laura J. Alber, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the periods presented in the Report.

Date: April 2, 2015

 

By:

 

/ S /    L AURA J. A LBER

  Laura J. Alber
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended February 1, 2015 of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Julie P. Whalen, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the periods presented in the Report.

 

By:

 

/ S /    J ULIE P. W HALEN

  Julie P. Whalen
  Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 2, 2015